Merge pull request 'Remove notes for TW names' (#2979) from Remove_notes_for_tw_names_1 into master

Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2979
This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee 2022-11-18 22:03:58 +00:00
commit bf0ddbb06a
3 changed files with 0 additions and 120 deletions

View File

@ -519,7 +519,6 @@ MRK 9 2 krt6 translate-unknown μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐ
MRK 9 2 b3bb figs-activepassive μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 he was transfigured If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning of the phrase **he was transfigured before them** with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God changed Jesus appearance before them” or “God transfigured Jesus before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 9 2 b3bb figs-activepassive μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 he was transfigured If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning of the phrase **he was transfigured before them** with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God changed Jesus appearance before them” or “God transfigured Jesus before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 9 3 gp48 translate-unknown οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως λευκᾶναι 1 as no bleacher on earth is able thus to make them white The word **launderer** refers to a person who worked with cloth to clean and bleach cloth and clothing. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of the word **launderer**, you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “whiter than any person who bleached cloth could make them” or “such as no person on earth who bleached cloth could make them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MRK 9 3 gp48 translate-unknown οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως λευκᾶναι 1 as no bleacher on earth is able thus to make them white The word **launderer** refers to a person who worked with cloth to clean and bleach cloth and clothing. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of the word **launderer**, you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “whiter than any person who bleached cloth could make them” or “such as no person on earth who bleached cloth could make them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 9 4 f2d6 translate-names Ἠλείας 1 Elijah with Moses appeared The word **Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 9 4 f2d6 translate-names Ἠλείας 1 Elijah with Moses appeared The word **Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 9 4 j83a translate-names Μωϋσεῖ 1 The word **Moses** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 1:44](../mrk/01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 9 4 r3uu writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 9 4 r3uu writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 4 pj3i writing-pronouns ἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες 1 they were talking with Here, the word **they** refers to Elijah and Moses. Alternate translation: “Elijah and Moses were talking with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 9 4 pj3i writing-pronouns ἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες 1 they were talking with Here, the word **they** refers to Elijah and Moses. Alternate translation: “Elijah and Moses were talking with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 4 sh7s figs-activepassive καὶ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς Ἠλείας σὺν Μωϋσεῖ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the passive phrase **were seen** with an active form. Alternate translation: “And they saw Elijah and Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 9 4 sh7s figs-activepassive καὶ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς Ἠλείας σὺν Μωϋσεῖ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the passive phrase **were seen** with an active form. Alternate translation: “And they saw Elijah and Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -527,8 +526,6 @@ MRK 9 4 y9r3 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The word **them** refers to Pete
MRK 9 5 w6vs writing-participants ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 answering, Peter says to Jesus Here, the word **answering** is used to introduce Peter into the conversation. Peter was not answering a question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) MRK 9 5 w6vs writing-participants ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 answering, Peter says to Jesus Here, the word **answering** is used to introduce Peter into the conversation. Peter was not answering a question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
MRK 9 5 iqc9 figs-exclusive καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 it is good for us to be here Here, the pronoun **us** could: (1) refer only to Peter, James, and John, in which case **us** would be exclusive. (2) include Jesus, in which case **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) MRK 9 5 iqc9 figs-exclusive καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 it is good for us to be here Here, the pronoun **us** could: (1) refer only to Peter, James, and John, in which case **us** would be exclusive. (2) include Jesus, in which case **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MRK 9 5 k3y1 translate-unknown σκηνάς 1 shelters These **shelters** were simple, temporary places with roofs under which to sit or sleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MRK 9 5 k3y1 translate-unknown σκηνάς 1 shelters These **shelters** were simple, temporary places with roofs under which to sit or sleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MRK 9 5 ou1t translate-names Μωϋσεῖ 1 The word **Moses** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 1:44](../mrk/01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 9 5 u7di translate-names Ἠλείᾳ 1 The word **Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 9 6 r3bn writing-background οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο 1 For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified This entire verse is a parenthetical statement which gives background information about Peter, James, and John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 9 6 r3bn writing-background οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο 1 For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified This entire verse is a parenthetical statement which gives background information about Peter, James, and John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 9 6 f8hn ἔκφοβοι…ἐγένοντο 1 they were terrified Alternate translation: “they were very frightened” or “they were very afraid” MRK 9 6 f8hn ἔκφοβοι…ἐγένοντο 1 they were terrified Alternate translation: “they were very frightened” or “they were very afraid”
MRK 9 7 e3id ἐγένετο…ἐπισκιάζουσα αὐτοῖς 1 came, overshadowing them Alternate translation: “appeared and covered them” MRK 9 7 e3id ἐγένετο…ἐπισκιάζουσα αὐτοῖς 1 came, overshadowing them Alternate translation: “appeared and covered them”
@ -548,7 +545,6 @@ MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is describing something J
MRK 9 10 wfu9 ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι 1 to rise from the dead See how you translated the phrase “risen from the dead” in [9:9](../09/09.md). MRK 9 10 wfu9 ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι 1 to rise from the dead See how you translated the phrase “risen from the dead” in [9:9](../09/09.md).
MRK 9 11 s9zn writing-pronouns ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες 1 they were questioning him Here, the pronoun **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John were questioning Jesus, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 9 11 s9zn writing-pronouns ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες 1 they were questioning him Here, the pronoun **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John were questioning Jesus, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 11 je29 writing-pronouns ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν 1 Here, the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were questioning Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 9 11 je29 writing-pronouns ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν 1 Here, the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were questioning Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 11 wgsr translate-names Ἠλείαν 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 9 12 o8hf writing-pronouns ἔφη 1 Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 9 12 o8hf writing-pronouns ἔφη 1 Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MRK 9 12 s3q3 figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ? 1 And how is it written about the Son of Man that he would suffer many things and would be despised? Jesus uses a rhetorical question here to remind his disciples that the Scriptures also teach that the **Son of Man** must suffer and be despised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I also want you to consider what is written about the Son of Man. The Scriptures say that he must suffer many things and be despised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 9 12 s3q3 figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ? 1 And how is it written about the Son of Man that he would suffer many things and would be despised? Jesus uses a rhetorical question here to remind his disciples that the Scriptures also teach that the **Son of Man** must suffer and be despised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I also want you to consider what is written about the Son of Man. The Scriptures say that he must suffer many things and be despised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 9 12 xazj figs-explicit ἐξουδενηθῇ 1 Here, it is implied that those who would despise the **Son of Man** would be people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “would be despised by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 9 12 xazj figs-explicit ἐξουδενηθῇ 1 Here, it is implied that those who would despise the **Son of Man** would be people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “would be despised by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1498,8 +1494,6 @@ MRK 15 34 azt0 figs-idiom ἐβόησεν…φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 The expre
MRK 15 34 ls1n translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει? ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, ὁ Θεός μου, ὁ Θεός μου, εἰς τί ἐγκατέλιπές με 1 Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani Jesus statement **Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani** is an Aramaic phrase. Jesus is quoting from [Psalm 22:1](../psa/22/01.md). Mark uses Greek letters to express the sounds of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them that it meant **My God, my God, why have you forsaken me**. In your translation you could spell this phrase the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) MRK 15 34 ls1n translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει? ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, ὁ Θεός μου, ὁ Θεός μου, εἰς τί ἐγκατέλιπές με 1 Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani Jesus statement **Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani** is an Aramaic phrase. Jesus is quoting from [Psalm 22:1](../psa/22/01.md). Mark uses Greek letters to express the sounds of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them that it meant **My God, my God, why have you forsaken me**. In your translation you could spell this phrase the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MRK 15 34 qw71 ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον 1 is translated See how you translated the phrase **which is translated** in [15:22](../15/22.md). MRK 15 34 qw71 ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον 1 is translated See how you translated the phrase **which is translated** in [15:22](../15/22.md).
MRK 15 35 apg3 figs-explicit καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον 1 And some of those who had been standing by, having heard him, were saying If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate explicitly that some of the people standing by misunderstood what Jesus said, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 35 apg3 figs-explicit καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον 1 And some of those who had been standing by, having heard him, were saying If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate explicitly that some of the people standing by misunderstood what Jesus said, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 15 35 awtf translate-names Ἠλείαν 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [6:15](../06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 15 36 pj44 translate-names Ἠλείας 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [6:15](../06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 15 37 xkpk figs-idiom ἀφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 See how you translated the phrase **cried out with a loud voice** in [15:34](../15/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 15 37 xkpk figs-idiom ἀφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 See how you translated the phrase **cried out with a loud voice** in [15:34](../15/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MRK 15 37 puak figs-euphemism ἐξέπνευσεν 1 Mark is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase **breathed his last**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “he stopped breathing” or “he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MRK 15 37 puak figs-euphemism ἐξέπνευσεν 1 Mark is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase **breathed his last**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “he stopped breathing” or “he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MRK 15 38 sk3r translate-symaction τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) MRK 15 38 sk3r translate-symaction τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@ -1508,7 +1502,6 @@ MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive ἐσχίσθη 1 the curtain of the temple wa
MRK 15 39 hue4 ἐξέπνευσεν 1 See how you translated the phrase **breathed his last** in [15:37](../15/37.md). MRK 15 39 hue4 ἐξέπνευσεν 1 See how you translated the phrase **breathed his last** in [15:37](../15/37.md).
MRK 15 39 ariw ἀληθῶς 1 See how you translated the word **Truly** in [3:28](../03/28.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly” MRK 15 39 ariw ἀληθῶς 1 See how you translated the word **Truly** in [3:28](../03/28.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly”
MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MRK 15 40 i1ee translate-names Μαρία 1 looking on from a distance The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 15 40 gkgi translate-versebridge ἐν αἷς καὶ Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ, καὶ Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ, καὶ Σαλώμη 1 If it would be more natural in your language to first give background information about these women before listing individual names, you could create a verse bridge by moving this sentence to the end of verse 41. You would then present the combined verses as 4041, as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge) MRK 15 40 gkgi translate-versebridge ἐν αἷς καὶ Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ, καὶ Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ, καὶ Σαλώμη 1 If it would be more natural in your language to first give background information about these women before listing individual names, you could create a verse bridge by moving this sentence to the end of verse 41. You would then present the combined verses as 4041, as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge)
MRK 15 40 zc9b writing-background Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ…Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) Because **Mary** was a very common name at this time and because Mark refers to two different women with the name **Mary** in this verse, he provides this background information to help readers know to which **Mary** he is referring in each case. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 40 zc9b writing-background Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ…Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) Because **Mary** was a very common name at this time and because Mark refers to two different women with the name **Mary** in this verse, he provides this background information to help readers know to which **Mary** he is referring in each case. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 15 40 z5ra translate-names Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ 1 The word **James** is the name a man. This man is probably referred to as **the younger** here to distinguish him from other men named **James**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 40 z5ra translate-names Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ 1 The word **James** is the name a man. This man is probably referred to as **the younger** here to distinguish him from other men named **James**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

View File

@ -15,15 +15,11 @@ LUK 1 4 l002 figs-activepassive ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων 1 the things
LUK 1 4 l003 figs-explicit ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων 1 the things that you have been taught Luke assumes that Theophilus will know that he means what he has been **taught** about Jesus. Alternate translation: “what people have taught you about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 1 4 l003 figs-explicit ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων 1 the things that you have been taught Luke assumes that Theophilus will know that he means what he has been **taught** about Jesus. Alternate translation: “what people have taught you about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 1 5 gb16 writing-newevent ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου βασιλέως τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 In the days of Herod, king of Judea This time reference introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “During the time when King Herod ruled over Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) LUK 1 5 gb16 writing-newevent ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου βασιλέως τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 In the days of Herod, king of Judea This time reference introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “During the time when King Herod ruled over Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 1 5 l004 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 In the days of Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “During the time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 1 5 l004 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 In the days of Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “During the time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 1 5 l005 translate-names Ἡρῴδου 1 Herod **Herod** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 1 5 l006 translate-names Ἰουδαίας 1 Judea **Judea** is the name of a kingdom. (It was not an independent kingdom at this time. Herod ruled it as a vassal of the Roman Empire.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 1 5 a4q9 writing-participants ἐγένετο…ἱερεύς τις 1 there was a certain priest This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) LUK 1 5 a4q9 writing-participants ἐγένετο…ἱερεύς τις 1 there was a certain priest This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 1 5 l007 translate-names Ζαχαρίας 1 Zechariah **Zechariah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 1 5 l228 figs-explicit ἐξ ἐφημερίας Ἀβιά 1 from the division of Abijah Luke assumes that his readers will know that this expression refers one of the different groups of priests who each served in the temple for a certain number of days at a time, and that the name of the group means that Abijah was the ancestor of these priests. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the group of priests who were descended from Abijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 1 5 l228 figs-explicit ἐξ ἐφημερίας Ἀβιά 1 from the division of Abijah Luke assumes that his readers will know that this expression refers one of the different groups of priests who each served in the temple for a certain number of days at a time, and that the name of the group means that Abijah was the ancestor of these priests. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the group of priests who were descended from Abijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 1 5 gzw1 translate-names Ἀβιά 1 Abijah **Abijah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) LUK 1 5 gzw1 translate-names Ἀβιά 1 Abijah **Abijah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 1 5 d3ua figs-metaphor γυνὴ αὐτῷ ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων Ἀαρών 1 his wife was from the daughters of Aaron Here, the word **daughters** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “his wife was a descendant of Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 1 5 d3ua figs-metaphor γυνὴ αὐτῷ ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων Ἀαρών 1 his wife was from the daughters of Aaron Here, the word **daughters** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “his wife was a descendant of Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 1 5 nnu9 figs-explicit ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων Ἀαρών 1 from the daughters of Aaron This means implicitly that she, like Zechariah, was descended from the line of priests going back to Aaron, the first high priest. Alternate translation: “his wife also came from the line of priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 1 5 nnu9 figs-explicit ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων Ἀαρών 1 from the daughters of Aaron This means implicitly that she, like Zechariah, was descended from the line of priests going back to Aaron, the first high priest. Alternate translation: “his wife also came from the line of priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 1 5 l008 translate-names Ἐλεισάβετ 1 Elizabeth **Elizabeth** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 1 6 uu87 figs-metaphor ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in front of God Luke uses this expression to mean “where God could see them.” Seeing, in turn, means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in Gods judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 1 6 uu87 figs-metaphor ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in front of God Luke uses this expression to mean “where God could see them.” Seeing, in turn, means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in Gods judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 1 6 l009 figs-metaphor πορευόμενοι ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώμασιν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 walking … in all the commandments and statutes of the Lord The term **walking** means “obeying.” Alternate translation: “obeying … everything that the Lord had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 1 6 l009 figs-metaphor πορευόμενοι ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώμασιν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 walking … in all the commandments and statutes of the Lord The term **walking** means “obeying.” Alternate translation: “obeying … everything that the Lord had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 1 6 csc9 figs-doublet πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώμασιν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 in all the commandments and statutes of the Lord The words **commandments** and **statutes** mean similar things. Luke uses the two terms together to make a comprehensive statement. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “everything that the Lord had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) LUK 1 6 csc9 figs-doublet πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώμασιν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 in all the commandments and statutes of the Lord The words **commandments** and **statutes** mean similar things. Luke uses the two terms together to make a comprehensive statement. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “everything that the Lord had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@ -53,7 +49,6 @@ LUK 1 13 es4l figs-activepassive εἰσηκούσθη ἡ δέησίς σου 1
LUK 1 13 l015 figs-idiom εἰσηκούσθη ἡ δέησίς σου 1 your prayer has been heard This is an idiom that means that God is going to give Zechariah what he has been asking for. Alternate translation: “God is going to give you what you have been asking for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 1 13 l015 figs-idiom εἰσηκούσθη ἡ δέησίς σου 1 your prayer has been heard This is an idiom that means that God is going to give Zechariah what he has been asking for. Alternate translation: “God is going to give you what you have been asking for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 1 13 l016 figs-declarative καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην 1 you will call his name John The angel is using a statement as a command in order to tell Zechariah what to do. Alternate translation: “and you are to name him John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) LUK 1 13 l016 figs-declarative καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην 1 you will call his name John The angel is using a statement as a command in order to tell Zechariah what to do. Alternate translation: “and you are to name him John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
LUK 1 13 l017 figs-idiom καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην 1 call his name John The expression **call his name** is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “name him John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 1 13 l017 figs-idiom καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην 1 call his name John The expression **call his name** is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “name him John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 1 13 l018 translate-names Ἰωάννην 1 John **John** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 1 14 n654 figs-doublet ἔσται χαρά σοι καὶ ἀγαλλίασις 1 there will be joy and gladness to you The words **joy** and **gladness** mean the same thing. The angel uses them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “you will be very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) LUK 1 14 n654 figs-doublet ἔσται χαρά σοι καὶ ἀγαλλίασις 1 there will be joy and gladness to you The words **joy** and **gladness** mean the same thing. The angel uses them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “you will be very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
LUK 1 14 q1p8 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπὶ τῇ γενέσει αὐτοῦ 1 at his birth The word **at** introduces the reason why many people will rejoice. Alternate translation: “because he has been born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) LUK 1 14 q1p8 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπὶ τῇ γενέσει αὐτοῦ 1 at his birth The word **at** introduces the reason why many people will rejoice. Alternate translation: “because he has been born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 1 15 td57 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔσται γὰρ μέγας 1 For he will be great The word **For** introduces the reason why people will rejoice at John's birth. Alternate translation: “This will be because they will be able to tell that he is going to be a great man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) LUK 1 15 td57 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔσται γὰρ μέγας 1 For he will be great The word **For** introduces the reason why people will rejoice at John's birth. Alternate translation: “This will be because they will be able to tell that he is going to be a great man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -64,11 +59,9 @@ LUK 1 15 l019 figs-metaphor Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πλησθήσετα
LUK 1 15 ie95 ἔτι ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 even from his mothers womb Alternate translation: “while he is still in his mothers womb” LUK 1 15 ie95 ἔτι ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 even from his mothers womb Alternate translation: “while he is still in his mothers womb”
LUK 1 16 x36x figs-metaphor πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐπιστρέψει ἐπὶ Κύριον 1 he will turn many of the sons of Israel back to the Lord To **turn** a person **back** means to lead them to repent and obey the Lord once again. Alternate translation: “he will cause many of the people of Israel to repent and obey the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 1 16 x36x figs-metaphor πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐπιστρέψει ἐπὶ Κύριον 1 he will turn many of the sons of Israel back to the Lord To **turn** a person **back** means to lead them to repent and obey the Lord once again. Alternate translation: “he will cause many of the people of Israel to repent and obey the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 1 16 l020 figs-metaphor πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ 1 many of the sons of Israel Here, the word **sons** means “descendants.” This expression envisions all of the Israelites as if they were their ancestor Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “many of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 1 16 l020 figs-metaphor πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ 1 many of the sons of Israel Here, the word **sons** means “descendants.” This expression envisions all of the Israelites as if they were their ancestor Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “many of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 1 16 l021 translate-names Ἰσραὴλ 1 Israel **Israel** is the name of a man. Luke uses it many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 1 17 c52s figs-idiom αὐτὸς προελεύσεται ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 he will go before him To **go before** is an idiom that indicates that before the Lord comes, John will announce to the people that the Lord is going to come to them. Alternate translation: “John will announce that the Lord is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 1 17 c52s figs-idiom αὐτὸς προελεύσεται ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 he will go before him To **go before** is an idiom that indicates that before the Lord comes, John will announce to the people that the Lord is going to come to them. Alternate translation: “John will announce that the Lord is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 1 17 p472 figs-doublet ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει Ἠλεία 1 in the spirit and power of Elijah In this context, the words **spirit** and **power** mean similar things. The angel may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “with the same great power that Elijah had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) LUK 1 17 p472 figs-doublet ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει Ἠλεία 1 in the spirit and power of Elijah In this context, the words **spirit** and **power** mean similar things. The angel may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “with the same great power that Elijah had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
LUK 1 17 l022 figs-hendiadys ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει Ἠλεία 1 in the spirit and power of Elijah Alternatively, the angel may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The term **power** may tell what kind of **spirit** Elijah had. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “in the powerful spirit of Elijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) LUK 1 17 l022 figs-hendiadys ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει Ἠλεία 1 in the spirit and power of Elijah Alternatively, the angel may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The term **power** may tell what kind of **spirit** Elijah had. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “in the powerful spirit of Elijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 1 17 l023 translate-names Ἠλεία 1 Elijah **Elijah** is the name of a man, a great prophet of Israel. It occurs several times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 1 17 w32h figs-personification ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα 1 to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children The angel speaks of **hearts** as if they were living things that could be turned to go in a different direction. This expression means to change someones attitude toward something. Alternate translation: “to make fathers care about their children once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) LUK 1 17 w32h figs-personification ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα 1 to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children The angel speaks of **hearts** as if they were living things that could be turned to go in a different direction. This expression means to change someones attitude toward something. Alternate translation: “to make fathers care about their children once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
LUK 1 17 qe48 figs-synecdoche ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα 1 to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children The angel uses the relationship between **fathers** and **children** to represent all relationships. Luke relates in [3:1014](../03/10.md) how John encouraged reconciliation in a variety of different relationships. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) LUK 1 17 qe48 figs-synecdoche ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα 1 to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children The angel uses the relationship between **fathers** and **children** to represent all relationships. Luke relates in [3:1014](../03/10.md) how John encouraged reconciliation in a variety of different relationships. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LUK 1 17 l024 figs-explicit ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα 1 to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children It is assumed that readers will know that this is what the prophet Malachi had said Elijah would do before the Lord came. The implication in context is that John will fulfill this prophecy by using the same empowerment that Elijah had. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships, just as the prophet Malachi said Elijah would do before the Lord came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 1 17 l024 figs-explicit ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα 1 to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children It is assumed that readers will know that this is what the prophet Malachi had said Elijah would do before the Lord came. The implication in context is that John will fulfill this prophecy by using the same empowerment that Elijah had. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships, just as the prophet Malachi said Elijah would do before the Lord came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -80,7 +73,6 @@ LUK 1 18 l026 grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 For The word **For** introdu
LUK 1 18 l027 figs-idiom προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῆς 1 my wife is advanced in her days Zechariah is using two idioms. As in [1:7](../01/07.md), to be **advanced** means to have aged, and **days** refers a particular period of time, in this case the lifetime of Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “my wife has also grown old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 1 18 l027 figs-idiom προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῆς 1 my wife is advanced in her days Zechariah is using two idioms. As in [1:7](../01/07.md), to be **advanced** means to have aged, and **days** refers a particular period of time, in this case the lifetime of Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “my wife has also grown old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 1 19 l028 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν 1 answering the angel said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that the angel responded to the question that Zechariah asked. Alternate translation: “the angel responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) LUK 1 19 l028 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν 1 answering the angel said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that the angel responded to the question that Zechariah asked. Alternate translation: “the angel responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 1 19 p3jn figs-declarative ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριὴλ, ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I am Gabriel, the one standing before God **Gabriel** says this in the form of a statement, but he means it as a rebuke to Zechariah. The presence of an angel coming directly from God should be enough proof for him. Alternate translation: “You should have believed me, Gabriel, coming to you straight from God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) LUK 1 19 p3jn figs-declarative ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριὴλ, ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I am Gabriel, the one standing before God **Gabriel** says this in the form of a statement, but he means it as a rebuke to Zechariah. The presence of an angel coming directly from God should be enough proof for him. Alternate translation: “You should have believed me, Gabriel, coming to you straight from God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
LUK 1 19 l029 translate-names Γαβριὴλ 1 Gabriel **Gabriel** is the name of an angel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 1 19 yp6z figs-metaphor ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the one standing before God To stand **before** or “in front of” a master, that is, in the presence of that master, means to be available to serve them at all times in any capacity. Alternate translation: “I serve God personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 1 19 yp6z figs-metaphor ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the one standing before God To stand **before** or “in front of” a master, that is, in the presence of that master, means to be available to serve them at all times in any capacity. Alternate translation: “I serve God personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 1 19 pd7h figs-activepassive ἀπεστάλην λαλῆσαι πρὸς σὲ 1 I was sent to speak to you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God sent me to speak to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 1 19 pd7h figs-activepassive ἀπεστάλην λαλῆσαι πρὸς σὲ 1 I was sent to speak to you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God sent me to speak to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 1 20 x9qk figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 and behold The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing means giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Pay attention!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 1 20 x9qk figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 and behold The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing means giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Pay attention!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -106,14 +98,10 @@ LUK 1 25 lx3p figs-explicit ἀφελεῖν ὄνειδός μου ἐν ἀν
LUK 1 26 v9w2 figs-explicit ἐν…τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ 1 in the sixth month Luke assumes that readers will recognize that this does not mean the **sixth month** of the year, but the **sixth month** of Elizabeths pregnancy. If you think there could be some confusion about this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Elizabeth had been pregnant for six months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 1 26 v9w2 figs-explicit ἐν…τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ 1 in the sixth month Luke assumes that readers will recognize that this does not mean the **sixth month** of the year, but the **sixth month** of Elizabeths pregnancy. If you think there could be some confusion about this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Elizabeth had been pregnant for six months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 1 26 l035 translate-ordinal τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ 1 the sixth month If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “month 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) LUK 1 26 l035 translate-ordinal τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ 1 the sixth month If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “month 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 1 26 rl4c figs-activepassive ἀπεστάλη ὁ ἄγγελος Γαβριὴλ ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the angel Gabriel was sent from God If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent the angel Gabriel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 1 26 rl4c figs-activepassive ἀπεστάλη ὁ ἄγγελος Γαβριὴλ ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the angel Gabriel was sent from God If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent the angel Gabriel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 1 26 l036 translate-names Γαλιλαίας 1 Galilee **Galilee** is the name of a region. It occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 1 26 l037 translate-names Ναζαρὲτ 1 Nazareth **Nazareth** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 1 27 l038 writing-participants ἀνδρὶ, ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰωσὴφ 1 a man whose name was Joseph This introduces **Joseph** as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) LUK 1 27 l038 writing-participants ἀνδρὶ, ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰωσὴφ 1 a man whose name was Joseph This introduces **Joseph** as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 1 27 l039 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ 1 Joseph **Joseph** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 1 27 tzh2 figs-metaphor ἐξ οἴκου Δαυεὶδ 1 of the house of David In this expression, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who was a descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 1 27 tzh2 figs-metaphor ἐξ οἴκου Δαυεὶδ 1 of the house of David In this expression, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who was a descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 1 27 l040 writing-background ἐξ οἴκου Δαυεὶδ 1 of the house of David This is background information that helps identify Joseph further. It is important for readers to know because it means that as [1:32](../01/32.md) indicates, Jesus, as the adoptive son of Joseph, will be an eligible successor to King David as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who came from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) LUK 1 27 l040 writing-background ἐξ οἴκου Δαυεὶδ 1 of the house of David This is background information that helps identify Joseph further. It is important for readers to know because it means that as [1:32](../01/32.md) indicates, Jesus, as the adoptive son of Joseph, will be an eligible successor to King David as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who came from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
LUK 1 27 w9tm writing-participants τὸ ὄνομα τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ 1 the name of the virgin was Mary This introduces **Mary** as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) LUK 1 27 w9tm writing-participants τὸ ὄνομα τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ 1 the name of the virgin was Mary This introduces **Mary** as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 1 27 l041 translate-names Μαριάμ 1 Mary **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 1 28 i7h4 figs-idiom χαῖρε 1 Rejoice The word **Rejoice** was used as a greeting. Alternate translation: “Greetings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 1 28 i7h4 figs-idiom χαῖρε 1 Rejoice The word **Rejoice** was used as a greeting. Alternate translation: “Greetings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 1 28 bp2n κεχαριτωμένη 1 favored one Alternate translation: “you who have received great grace” or “you who have received special kindness” LUK 1 28 bp2n κεχαριτωμένη 1 favored one Alternate translation: “you who have received great grace” or “you who have received special kindness”
LUK 1 28 jmq9 figs-idiom ὁ Κύριος μετὰ σοῦ 1 The Lord is with you The expression **with you** is an idiom that indicates favor and acceptance. Alternate translation: “The Lord is pleased with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 1 28 jmq9 figs-idiom ὁ Κύριος μετὰ σοῦ 1 The Lord is with you The expression **with you** is an idiom that indicates favor and acceptance. Alternate translation: “The Lord is pleased with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -126,7 +114,6 @@ LUK 1 31 l044 figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 And behold As in [1:20](../01/2
LUK 1 31 fi5q figs-explicitinfo συνλήμψῃ ἐν γαστρὶ, καὶ τέξῃ υἱόν 1 you will conceive in your womb and bear a son The phrase **conceive in your womb** might seem to express unnecessary extra information, and so if you represent all of it in your language, that might not seem natural. However, the details are important here. The expression emphasizes that Jesus was a human son born of a human mother. So be sure to translate this expression in a way that conveys that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) LUK 1 31 fi5q figs-explicitinfo συνλήμψῃ ἐν γαστρὶ, καὶ τέξῃ υἱόν 1 you will conceive in your womb and bear a son The phrase **conceive in your womb** might seem to express unnecessary extra information, and so if you represent all of it in your language, that might not seem natural. However, the details are important here. The expression emphasizes that Jesus was a human son born of a human mother. So be sure to translate this expression in a way that conveys that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
LUK 1 31 l045 figs-declarative καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν 1 you will call his name Jesus As in [1:13](../01/13.md), Gabriel is using a statement as a command in order to tell Mary what to do. Alternate translation: “you are to name him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) LUK 1 31 l045 figs-declarative καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν 1 you will call his name Jesus As in [1:13](../01/13.md), Gabriel is using a statement as a command in order to tell Mary what to do. Alternate translation: “you are to name him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
LUK 1 31 l046 figs-idiom καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν 1 call his name Jesus As in [1:13](../01/13.md), **call his name** is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “name him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 1 31 l046 figs-idiom καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν 1 call his name Jesus As in [1:13](../01/13.md), **call his name** is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “name him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 1 31 l047 translate-names Ἰησοῦν 1 Jesus **Jesus** is a mans name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 1 32 l048 figs-idiom Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται 1 He … will be called the Son of the Most High To **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” (This idiom occurs three times in this episode and in a few other places in the book, such as [1:76](../01/76.md), [2:23](../02/23.md), and [15:19](../15/19.md).) Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 1 32 l048 figs-idiom Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται 1 He … will be called the Son of the Most High To **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” (This idiom occurs three times in this episode and in a few other places in the book, such as [1:76](../01/76.md), [2:23](../02/23.md), and [15:19](../15/19.md).) Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 1 32 hl55 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται 1 He … will be called the Son of the Most High Gabriel is not saying only that **Son of the Most High** is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, just as the previous verse described how Jesus was a human son born of a human mother, his statement here indicates that Jesus was also the divine Son of a divine Father. You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) LUK 1 32 hl55 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται 1 He … will be called the Son of the Most High Gabriel is not saying only that **Son of the Most High** is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, just as the previous verse described how Jesus was a human son born of a human mother, his statement here indicates that Jesus was also the divine Son of a divine Father. You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
LUK 1 32 ip26 figs-activepassive Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται 1 He … will be called the Son of the Most High If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 1 32 ip26 figs-activepassive Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται 1 He … will be called the Son of the Most High If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -135,7 +122,6 @@ LUK 1 32 lwd9 figs-metonymy δώσει αὐτῷ…τὸν θρόνον Δαυ
LUK 1 32 l049 figs-metaphor δώσει αὐτῷ…τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 will give to him the throne of his father David Here, the term **father** means “ancestor,” but since a line of kings is in view, it also indicates that Jesus will be a successor to David. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as a successor to his ancestor David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 1 32 l049 figs-metaphor δώσει αὐτῷ…τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 will give to him the throne of his father David Here, the term **father** means “ancestor,” but since a line of kings is in view, it also indicates that Jesus will be a successor to David. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as a successor to his ancestor David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 1 33 l050 figs-parallelism βασιλεύσει…εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας; καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος 1 he will reign … to the ages, and there will be no end of his kingdom These two phrases mean similar things. Gabriel uses them together to emphasize how certain it is that Jesus will always rule. Because Gabriel is making a proclamation, he is speaking in a form much like poetry. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and**, in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “he will rule … forever, yes, his kingship will always continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) LUK 1 33 l050 figs-parallelism βασιλεύσει…εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας; καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος 1 he will reign … to the ages, and there will be no end of his kingdom These two phrases mean similar things. Gabriel uses them together to emphasize how certain it is that Jesus will always rule. Because Gabriel is making a proclamation, he is speaking in a form much like poetry. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and**, in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “he will rule … forever, yes, his kingship will always continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LUK 1 33 l051 figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον Ἰακὼβ 1 the house of Jacob In this expression, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person, in this case Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the people descended from Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 1 33 l051 figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον Ἰακὼβ 1 the house of Jacob In this expression, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person, in this case Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the people descended from Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 1 33 l052 translate-names Ἰακὼβ 1 Jacob **Jacob** is the name of a man. Luke uses it a few more times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 1 33 l053 figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 to the ages This is an idiom. The term **ages** means long periods of time. Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 1 33 l053 figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 to the ages This is an idiom. The term **ages** means long periods of time. Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 1 33 q516 figs-litotes τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος 1 there will be no end of his kingship This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “his kingship will always continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) LUK 1 33 q516 figs-litotes τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος 1 there will be no end of his kingship This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “his kingship will always continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
LUK 1 33 l054 figs-abstractnouns τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος 1 there will be no end of his kingship The abstract noun **kingship** refers to the action of a king reigning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this word with a verb such as “reign.” Alternate translation: “he will always reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) LUK 1 33 l054 figs-abstractnouns τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος 1 there will be no end of his kingship The abstract noun **kingship** refers to the action of a king reigning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this word with a verb such as “reign.” Alternate translation: “he will always reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -209,7 +195,6 @@ LUK 1 54 l070 figs-personification Ἰσραὴλ 1 Israel Mary is referring to
LUK 1 54 g5u1 figs-metaphor παιδὸς αὐτοῦ 1 his servant The term **servant** refers to the special role that God gave to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “his chosen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 1 54 g5u1 figs-metaphor παιδὸς αὐτοῦ 1 his servant The term **servant** refers to the special role that God gave to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “his chosen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 1 54 hyt3 figs-idiom μνησθῆναι ἐλέους 1 to remember his mercy In this context, the phrase **to remember his mercy** refers to God thinking about a person or group and considering what action he can take on their behalf. It does not suggest that God had ever forgotten to be merciful. Alternate translation: “in order to be merciful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 1 54 hyt3 figs-idiom μνησθῆναι ἐλέους 1 to remember his mercy In this context, the phrase **to remember his mercy** refers to God thinking about a person or group and considering what action he can take on their behalf. It does not suggest that God had ever forgotten to be merciful. Alternate translation: “in order to be merciful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 1 55 qc9k figs-metaphor καθὼς ἐλάλησεν πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 as he spoke to our fathers Here, the word **fathers** means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “just as he promised to our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 1 55 qc9k figs-metaphor καθὼς ἐλάλησεν πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 as he spoke to our fathers Here, the word **fathers** means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “just as he promised to our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 1 55 l071 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ 1 Abraham **Abraham** is the name of a man. It occurs several times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 1 55 by4a figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ 1 to his seed The term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “to his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 1 55 by4a figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ 1 to his seed The term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “to his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 1 55 l072 figs-idiom εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 to the age This is an idiom. See how you translated the similar expression in [1:33](../01/33.md). Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 1 55 l072 figs-idiom εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 to the age This is an idiom. See how you translated the similar expression in [1:33](../01/33.md). Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 1 56 l073 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **and** to indicate that the event of Mary returning home happened after the event of Mary staying with Elizabeth for three months. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) LUK 1 56 l073 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **and** to indicate that the event of Mary returning home happened after the event of Mary staying with Elizabeth for three months. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
@ -307,7 +292,6 @@ LUK 2 1 l104 translate-names Αὐγούστου 1 Augustus **Augustus** is the
LUK 2 1 tk59 figs-explicit ἀπογράφεσθαι πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 for all the world to register Luke assumes that his readers will know that this was for tax purposes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that all the people living in the Roman Empire had to list their names on the tax rolls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 2 1 tk59 figs-explicit ἀπογράφεσθαι πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 for all the world to register Luke assumes that his readers will know that this was for tax purposes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that all the people living in the Roman Empire had to list their names on the tax rolls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 2 1 m39d figs-metonymy τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 the world The term **world** refers specifically to the part of the world that Caesar Augustus ruled. It is actually describing the people living in that part of the world by association to where they lived. Alternate translation: “the people living in the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LUK 2 1 m39d figs-metonymy τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 the world The term **world** refers specifically to the part of the world that Caesar Augustus ruled. It is actually describing the people living in that part of the world by association to where they lived. Alternate translation: “the people living in the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 2 2 q9zw translate-names Κυρηνίου 1 Quirinius **Quirinius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) LUK 2 2 q9zw translate-names Κυρηνίου 1 Quirinius **Quirinius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 2 2 l105 translate-names Συρίας 1 Syria **Syria** is the name of one of the provinces of the Roman Empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 2 3 s4im writing-background ἐπορεύοντο πάντες 1 everyone was traveling Luke describes the registration as already in progress in order to account for why Joseph and Mary had to travel at this time, late in her pregnancy. Alternate translation: “everyone was going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) LUK 2 3 s4im writing-background ἐπορεύοντο πάντες 1 everyone was traveling Luke describes the registration as already in progress in order to account for why Joseph and Mary had to travel at this time, late in her pregnancy. Alternate translation: “everyone was going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
LUK 2 3 h5e2 figs-explicit εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πόλιν 1 to his own city The phrase **his own city** refers to the city where a persons family had originally lived. A person might have since moved to a different city. Alternate translation: “to the city that their families came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 2 3 h5e2 figs-explicit εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πόλιν 1 to his own city The phrase **his own city** refers to the city where a persons family had originally lived. A person might have since moved to a different city. Alternate translation: “to the city that their families came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 2 3 d64g figs-explicit ἀπογράφεσθαι 1 to register himself Alternate translation: “to provide their names for the tax rolls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 2 3 d64g figs-explicit ἀπογράφεσθαι 1 to register himself Alternate translation: “to provide their names for the tax rolls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -372,7 +356,6 @@ LUK 2 21 km8b figs-activepassive τὸ κληθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀγγέ
LUK 2 21 l126 figs-explicitinfo πρὸ τοῦ συνλημφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ 1 before he was conceived in the womb In your language, it might seem that the phrase **conceived in the womb** expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “before he was conceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) LUK 2 21 l126 figs-explicitinfo πρὸ τοῦ συνλημφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ 1 before he was conceived in the womb In your language, it might seem that the phrase **conceived in the womb** expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “before he was conceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
LUK 2 22 q9yb figs-activepassive ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως 1 when the days of their purification had been fulfilled, according to the law of Moses If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they had waited the number of days that the law of Moses required for their purification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 2 22 q9yb figs-activepassive ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως 1 when the days of their purification had been fulfilled, according to the law of Moses If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they had waited the number of days that the law of Moses required for their purification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 2 22 b65l figs-explicit αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν 1 the days of their purification The law of Moses said that a woman would become ceremonially clean again 33 days after her newborn son had been circumcised. After that, she could enter the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “33 more days, the time that the law of Moses required for Mary to become ceremonially clean again after childbirth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 2 22 b65l figs-explicit αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν 1 the days of their purification The law of Moses said that a woman would become ceremonially clean again 33 days after her newborn son had been circumcised. After that, she could enter the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “33 more days, the time that the law of Moses required for Mary to become ceremonially clean again after childbirth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 2 22 l127 translate-names Μωϋσέως 1 Moses **Moses** is the name of a man, the great law-giver of Israel. It occurs several times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 2 22 l128 figs-idiom ἀνήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 they brought him up to Jerusalem Luke says that they brought him **up** to Jerusalem, even though Bethlehem is actually at a higher elevation, because that was the customary way of speaking about going to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “they took him to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 2 22 l128 figs-idiom ἀνήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 they brought him up to Jerusalem Luke says that they brought him **up** to Jerusalem, even though Bethlehem is actually at a higher elevation, because that was the customary way of speaking about going to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “they took him to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 2 22 lr25 figs-explicit παραστῆσαι τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 to present him to the Lord Luke will explain more in the next two verses about why Mary and Joseph did this, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the purpose more explicit here. Alternate translation: “so that they could bring him into the temple and perform the required ceremony acknowledging Gods claim on firstborn children who were male” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 2 22 lr25 figs-explicit παραστῆσαι τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 to present him to the Lord Luke will explain more in the next two verses about why Mary and Joseph did this, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the purpose more explicit here. Alternate translation: “so that they could bring him into the temple and perform the required ceremony acknowledging Gods claim on firstborn children who were male” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 2 23 vlb3 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ Κυρίου 1 just as it is written in the law of the Lord If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the law of the Lord commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 2 23 vlb3 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ Κυρίου 1 just as it is written in the law of the Lord If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the law of the Lord commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -492,7 +475,6 @@ LUK 3 2 d3m8 figs-explicit ἐπὶ ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καϊ
LUK 3 2 dg8p figs-personification ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Θεοῦ 1 the word of God came Luke speaks of Gods message as if it were a living thing that could come to a person at God's bidding. Alternate translation: “God gave a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) LUK 3 2 dg8p figs-personification ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Θεοῦ 1 the word of God came Luke speaks of Gods message as if it were a living thing that could come to a person at God's bidding. Alternate translation: “God gave a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
LUK 3 2 l172 figs-metonymy ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Θεοῦ 1 the word of God came The term **word** describes the message that God gave John to say by using words. Alternate translation: “God gave a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LUK 3 2 l172 figs-metonymy ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Θεοῦ 1 the word of God came The term **word** describes the message that God gave John to say by using words. Alternate translation: “God gave a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 3 3 l173 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) LUK 3 3 l173 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 3 3 l174 translate-names τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 the Jordan **Jordan** is the name of a river. Alternate translation: “the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 3 3 w2pu figs-abstractnouns κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 preaching a baptism of repentance for the forgiveness of sins If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the ideas behind the abstract nouns **baptism**, **repentance**, and **forgiveness** with other phrases. Alternate translation: “preaching that people should let him immerse them in the river to show that they wanted to live a new life and that they wanted God to forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) LUK 3 3 w2pu figs-abstractnouns κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 preaching a baptism of repentance for the forgiveness of sins If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the ideas behind the abstract nouns **baptism**, **repentance**, and **forgiveness** with other phrases. Alternate translation: “preaching that people should let him immerse them in the river to show that they wanted to live a new life and that they wanted God to forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 3 4 zf6m figs-activepassive ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 As it is written in the book of the words of Isaiah the prophet If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “As the book says that records the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 3 4 zf6m figs-activepassive ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 As it is written in the book of the words of Isaiah the prophet If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “As the book says that records the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 3 4 l175 figs-metonymy λόγων Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 the words of Isaiah the prophet Luke is using the term **words** to refer to the sayings that Isaiah used words to articulate. Alternate translation: “the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LUK 3 4 l175 figs-metonymy λόγων Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 the words of Isaiah the prophet Luke is using the term **words** to refer to the sayings that Isaiah used words to articulate. Alternate translation: “the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -590,7 +572,6 @@ LUK 3 38 ni8x translate-names τοῦ Ἐνὼς, τοῦ Σὴθ, τοῦ Ἀδ
LUK 3 38 ck3f τοῦ Ἀδὰμ, τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of Adam, of God Alternate translation: “the son of Adam, whom God created” or “the son of Adam, who was, in a sense, the son of God” LUK 3 38 ck3f τοῦ Ἀδὰμ, τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of Adam, of God Alternate translation: “the son of Adam, whom God created” or “the son of Adam, who was, in a sense, the son of God”
LUK 4 intro r3vy 0 # Luke 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. The devil tempts Jesus in the wilderness (4:113)<br>2. Jesus teaches in the synagogue in Nazareth (4:1430)<br>3. Jesus teaches, heals, and drives out demons in Capernaum (4:3144)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 4:1011 and 4:1819, which is quoted from the Old Testamentt.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Jesus was tempted by the devil”<br><br>While it is true that the devil actually believed that he could persuade Jesus to disobey God and obey him instead, it is important not to imply in your translation that Jesus would ever really have wanted to obey the devil. LUK 4 intro r3vy 0 # Luke 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. The devil tempts Jesus in the wilderness (4:113)<br>2. Jesus teaches in the synagogue in Nazareth (4:1430)<br>3. Jesus teaches, heals, and drives out demons in Capernaum (4:3144)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 4:1011 and 4:1819, which is quoted from the Old Testamentt.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Jesus was tempted by the devil”<br><br>While it is true that the devil actually believed that he could persuade Jesus to disobey God and obey him instead, it is important not to imply in your translation that Jesus would ever really have wanted to obey the devil.
LUK 4 1 n1xx writing-newevent Ἰησοῦς δὲ 1 Then Jesus Luke uses this expression to return to the story after providing background information about Jesus ancestors. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include a phrase that would provide continuity with the previous episode in the story. Alternate translation: “After John had baptized Jesus, then Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) LUK 4 1 n1xx writing-newevent Ἰησοῦς δὲ 1 Then Jesus Luke uses this expression to return to the story after providing background information about Jesus ancestors. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include a phrase that would provide continuity with the previous episode in the story. Alternate translation: “After John had baptized Jesus, then Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 4 1 l201 translate-names τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 the Jordan **Jordan** is the name of a river. Alternate translation: “the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 4 1 v18k figs-activepassive ἤγετο ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι 1 was led by the Spirit If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 4 1 v18k figs-activepassive ἤγετο ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι 1 was led by the Spirit If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 4 2 bls8 figs-verbs ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 for 40 days being tempted by the devil The Greek verb indicates that the temptation continued throughout the **40 days**. You can make this clear in your translation, as UST does: “While he was there, the devil kept tempting him for 40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]]) LUK 4 2 bls8 figs-verbs ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 for 40 days being tempted by the devil The Greek verb indicates that the temptation continued throughout the **40 days**. You can make this clear in your translation, as UST does: “While he was there, the devil kept tempting him for 40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
LUK 4 2 hg5p figs-activepassive ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 for 40 days being tempted by the devil If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “For 40 days the devil kept tempting him” or “For 40 days the devil kept trying to persuade him disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 4 2 hg5p figs-activepassive ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 for 40 days being tempted by the devil If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “For 40 days the devil kept tempting him” or “For 40 days the devil kept trying to persuade him disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -681,7 +662,6 @@ LUK 4 26 l225 translate-names εἰς Σάρεπτα τῆς Σιδωνίας 1
LUK 4 27 l226 figs-activepassive οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ 1 none of them were healed except If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Elisha did not heal any of them except” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 4 27 l226 figs-activepassive οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ 1 none of them were healed except If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Elisha did not heal any of them except” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 4 27 l227 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ 1 none of them were healed except If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Elisha only healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) LUK 4 27 l227 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ 1 none of them were healed except If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Elisha only healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
LUK 4 27 l229 figs-explicit Ναιμὰν ὁ Σύρος 1 Naaman the Syrian The people listening to Jesus would have understood that the people of Syria were Gentiles, not Jews. Alternate translation: “a Gentile, Naaman from Syria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 4 27 l229 figs-explicit Ναιμὰν ὁ Σύρος 1 Naaman the Syrian The people listening to Jesus would have understood that the people of Syria were Gentiles, not Jews. Alternate translation: “a Gentile, Naaman from Syria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 4 27 mbs2 translate-names Ναιμὰν ὁ Σύρος 1 Naaman the Syrian **Naaman** is the name of a man, and **Syrian** is the name of his people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 4 28 l230 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that the event he will now relate, the people becoming enraged, came after the event he has just described, Jesus citing scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) LUK 4 28 l230 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that the event he will now relate, the people becoming enraged, came after the event he has just described, Jesus citing scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
LUK 4 28 ca1k figs-explicit ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ἀκούοντες ταῦτα 1 all in the synagogue were filled with rage when they heard these things If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why the people of Nazareth became so angry. Alternate translation: “When the people in the synagogue heard Jesus say these things, they all became furious, because he had cited scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 4 28 ca1k figs-explicit ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ἀκούοντες ταῦτα 1 all in the synagogue were filled with rage when they heard these things If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why the people of Nazareth became so angry. Alternate translation: “When the people in the synagogue heard Jesus say these things, they all became furious, because he had cited scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 4 28 l231 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ 1 all … were filled with rage If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “all the people in the synagogue became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 4 28 l231 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ 1 all … were filled with rage If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “all the people in the synagogue became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -713,7 +693,6 @@ LUK 4 37 l239 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **An
LUK 4 37 xca8 figs-personification ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 news about him went out Luke speaks of this **news** as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. As in [4:14](../04/14.md), this expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people began to spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) LUK 4 37 xca8 figs-personification ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 news about him went out Luke speaks of this **news** as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. As in [4:14](../04/14.md), this expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people began to spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
LUK 4 38 jn3a writing-newevent δὲ 1 Then Luke uses the word **Then** to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) LUK 4 38 jn3a writing-newevent δὲ 1 Then Luke uses the word **Then** to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 4 38 l240 writing-participants Σίμωνος 1 Simon Luke is introducing a new character into the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state a little bit more about him here to help them recognize him later. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who would become one of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) LUK 4 38 l240 writing-participants Σίμωνος 1 Simon Luke is introducing a new character into the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state a little bit more about him here to help them recognize him later. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who would become one of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 4 38 l241 translate-names Σίμωνος 1 Simon **Simon** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 4 38 tf3d πενθερὰ…τοῦ Σίμωνος 1 Simons mother-in-law This means the mother of Simons wife. In your translation, you could use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship. LUK 4 38 tf3d πενθερὰ…τοῦ Σίμωνος 1 Simons mother-in-law This means the mother of Simons wife. In your translation, you could use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship.
LUK 4 38 lls1 figs-idiom ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ 1 was suffering with a high fever This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “was very sick with a high fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 4 38 lls1 figs-idiom ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ 1 was suffering with a high fever This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “was very sick with a high fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 4 38 cp21 ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ 1 was suffering with a high fever You can express this in the way your language and culture would. Alternate translation: “was so sick that her skin was hot” LUK 4 38 cp21 ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ 1 was suffering with a high fever You can express this in the way your language and culture would. Alternate translation: “was so sick that her skin was hot”
@ -752,7 +731,6 @@ LUK 5 8 r8j9 translate-symaction προσέπεσεν τοῖς γόνασιν
LUK 5 8 j67m figs-gendernotations ἀνὴρ ἁμαρτωλός 1 a sinful man Here, **man** means “adult male,” not the more general “human being.” So Peter is not saying generally, “I am a sinful person.” He really does mean, “I personally am a sinful man.” Be sure that this is clear in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) LUK 5 8 j67m figs-gendernotations ἀνὴρ ἁμαρτωλός 1 a sinful man Here, **man** means “adult male,” not the more general “human being.” So Peter is not saying generally, “I am a sinful person.” He really does mean, “I personally am a sinful man.” Be sure that this is clear in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 5 9 l246 figs-personification θάμβος…περιέσχεν αὐτὸν καὶ πάντας τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ 1 amazement had seized him and all those with him Luke describes Peters **amazement** as if it were something that could actively take hold of him. Alternate translation: “he and the other fishermen were completely amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) LUK 5 9 l246 figs-personification θάμβος…περιέσχεν αὐτὸν καὶ πάντας τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ 1 amazement had seized him and all those with him Luke describes Peters **amazement** as if it were something that could actively take hold of him. Alternate translation: “he and the other fishermen were completely amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
LUK 5 9 c2eh figs-explicit τῇ ἄγρᾳ τῶν ἰχθύων 1 the catch of fish The implication is that this was a very large **catch**. Alternate translation: “the great number of fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 5 9 c2eh figs-explicit τῇ ἄγρᾳ τῶν ἰχθύων 1 the catch of fish The implication is that this was a very large **catch**. Alternate translation: “the great number of fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 5 10 l247 translate-names Ἰάκωβον καὶ Ἰωάννην, υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου 1 James and John, sons of Zebedee **James** and **John** are the names of men, and **Zebedee** is the name of their father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 5 10 k4ft writing-participants κοινωνοὶ τῷ Σίμωνι 1 partners with Simon Luke provides this information to introduce these new participants in the story. Alternate translation: “who were Simons partners in the fishing business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) LUK 5 10 k4ft writing-participants κοινωνοὶ τῷ Σίμωνι 1 partners with Simon Luke provides this information to introduce these new participants in the story. Alternate translation: “who were Simons partners in the fishing business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 5 10 u6zs figs-metaphor ἀνθρώπους ἔσῃ ζωγρῶν 1 you will be catching men Jesus is using the image of **catching** fish to describe gathering people to follow him. Alternate translation: “you will gather people for me” or “you will persuade people to become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 5 10 u6zs figs-metaphor ἀνθρώπους ἔσῃ ζωγρῶν 1 you will be catching men Jesus is using the image of **catching** fish to describe gathering people to follow him. Alternate translation: “you will gather people for me” or “you will persuade people to become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 5 11 abca τὴν γῆν 1 the land Alternate translation: “the shore” LUK 5 11 abca τὴν γῆν 1 the land Alternate translation: “the shore”
@ -793,7 +771,6 @@ LUK 5 20 l83a figs-explicit καὶ ἰδὼν τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν
LUK 5 20 z4ek ἄνθρωπε 1 Man **Man** was a general word that people used in this culture when speaking to a man whose name they did not know. If your language has a term that it uses for this same purpose, you could use it in your translation here. Alternate translation: “Friend” LUK 5 20 z4ek ἄνθρωπε 1 Man **Man** was a general word that people used in this culture when speaking to a man whose name they did not know. If your language has a term that it uses for this same purpose, you could use it in your translation here. Alternate translation: “Friend”
LUK 5 20 c7r7 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου 1 your sins are forgiven you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “I forgive your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 5 20 c7r7 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου 1 your sins are forgiven you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “I forgive your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 5 21 l256 translate-unknown οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 the scribes Here and elsewhere in the book, the term **the scribes** does not refer to people who make copies of documents. Rather, it refers to people who were teachers of the Jewish law, which they had studied extensively. Alternate translation: “the teachers of the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) LUK 5 21 l256 translate-unknown οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 the scribes Here and elsewhere in the book, the term **the scribes** does not refer to people who make copies of documents. Rather, it refers to people who were teachers of the Jewish law, which they had studied extensively. Alternate translation: “the teachers of the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 5 21 l257 translate-names οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 the Pharisees **Pharisees** is the name of an important and powerful group of Jewish religious leaders in Jesus time. The name occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 5 21 ie5h figs-explicit διαλογίζεσθαι 1 to debate These men were not debating or arguing out loud, since the next verse shows that this was rather something they were thinking. So this implicitly means that they were wondering. Alternate translation: “to wonder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 5 21 ie5h figs-explicit διαλογίζεσθαι 1 to debate These men were not debating or arguing out loud, since the next verse shows that this was rather something they were thinking. So this implicitly means that they were wondering. Alternate translation: “to wonder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 5 21 l258 figs-quotemarks λέγοντες 1 saying Luke uses the word **saying** to introduce his quotation of what the religious leaders were thinking. If you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) LUK 5 21 l258 figs-quotemarks λέγοντες 1 saying Luke uses the word **saying** to introduce his quotation of what the religious leaders were thinking. If you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
LUK 5 21 a86c figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὃς λαλεῖ βλασφημίας? 1 Who is this who speaks blasphemies? These religious leaders do not expect someone to tell them who Jesus is. Instead, they are using the question form to emphasize how inappropriate they think it is for Jesus to tell someone that he forgives their sins. As the next sentence explains, they think this means Jesus was claiming to be God, and so in their view, he would be speaking **blasphemies**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This man is speaking blasphemies!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) LUK 5 21 a86c figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὃς λαλεῖ βλασφημίας? 1 Who is this who speaks blasphemies? These religious leaders do not expect someone to tell them who Jesus is. Instead, they are using the question form to emphasize how inappropriate they think it is for Jesus to tell someone that he forgives their sins. As the next sentence explains, they think this means Jesus was claiming to be God, and so in their view, he would be speaking **blasphemies**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This man is speaking blasphemies!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -899,8 +876,6 @@ LUK 6 14 zdq3 writing-pronouns Ἀνδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτ
LUK 6 15 l291 translate-names Μαθθαῖον…Θωμᾶν…Ἰάκωβον Ἁλφαίου…Σίμωνα 1 Matthew … Thomas … James … Alphaeus … Simon These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) LUK 6 15 l291 translate-names Μαθθαῖον…Θωμᾶν…Ἰάκωβον Ἁλφαίου…Σίμωνα 1 Matthew … Thomas … James … Alphaeus … Simon These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 6 15 l292 figs-explicit Μαθθαῖον 1 Matthew **Matthew** is often identified with the man named Levi whom Jesus calls to follow him in [5:27](../05/27.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 6 15 l292 figs-explicit Μαθθαῖον 1 Matthew **Matthew** is often identified with the man named Levi whom Jesus calls to follow him in [5:27](../05/27.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 6 15 et48 translate-names Ζηλωτὴν 1 the Zealot The term **Zealot** could be: (1) a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the Patriot” (2) a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the Passionate One” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) LUK 6 15 et48 translate-names Ζηλωτὴν 1 the Zealot The term **Zealot** could be: (1) a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the Patriot” (2) a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the Passionate One” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 6 16 l293 translate-names Ἰούδαν Ἰακώβου 1 Judas son of James **Judas** is the name of a man, and **James** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 6 16 l294 translate-names Ἰούδαν Ἰσκαριὼθ 1 Judas Iscariot **Judas** is the name of a man, and **Iscariot** is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 6 16 g24m figs-explicit ὃς ἐγένετο προδότης 1 who became a traitor It may be helpful to explain what **traitor** means in the context of this story. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus to his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 6 16 g24m figs-explicit ὃς ἐγένετο προδότης 1 who became a traitor It may be helpful to explain what **traitor** means in the context of this story. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus to his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 6 17 i5gv writing-pronouns μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 with them In this context, **them** refers to all of the disciples whom Jesus called to himself in [6:13](../06/13.md). Alternate translation: “with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) LUK 6 17 i5gv writing-pronouns μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 with them In this context, **them** refers to all of the disciples whom Jesus called to himself in [6:13](../06/13.md). Alternate translation: “with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 6 17 l295 figs-hyperbole ἀπὸ πάσης 1 from all This is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “from throughout” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) LUK 6 17 l295 figs-hyperbole ἀπὸ πάσης 1 from all This is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “from throughout” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@ -1097,7 +1072,6 @@ LUK 7 19 l364 λέγων 1 to say Alternate translation: “to ask”
LUK 7 19 l365 figs-you σὺ 1 you Since this question would be for Jesus alone, **you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) LUK 7 19 l365 figs-you σὺ 1 you Since this question would be for Jesus alone, **you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
LUK 7 19 l400 figs-explicit ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 the one who is coming This expression implicitly means “the Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 7 19 l400 figs-explicit ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 the one who is coming This expression implicitly means “the Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 7 20 ftb7 figs-quotesinquotes οἱ ἄνδρες εἶπαν, Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς ἀπέστειλεν ἡμᾶς πρὸς σὲ λέγων, σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἢ ἄλλον προσδοκῶμεν? 1 the men said, “John the Baptist has sent us to you to say, Are you the one who is coming, or should we expect another?’” If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the men told Jesus that John the Baptist had sent them to him to ask, Are you the one who is coming, or should we expect someone else?’” or “the men said, John the Baptist has sent us to you to ask if you are the one who is coming, or whether we should expect someone else.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) LUK 7 20 ftb7 figs-quotesinquotes οἱ ἄνδρες εἶπαν, Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς ἀπέστειλεν ἡμᾶς πρὸς σὲ λέγων, σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἢ ἄλλον προσδοκῶμεν? 1 the men said, “John the Baptist has sent us to you to say, Are you the one who is coming, or should we expect another?’” If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the men told Jesus that John the Baptist had sent them to him to ask, Are you the one who is coming, or should we expect someone else?’” or “the men said, John the Baptist has sent us to you to ask if you are the one who is coming, or whether we should expect someone else.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 7 20 l366 translate-names Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς 1 John the Baptist Here Johns disciples use the term **Baptist** as a title to identify the man named **John** who had sent them. The term means “one who baptizes.” Because the word “Baptist” is associated with a group of churches in many parts of the world, If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different form of the word as a title, as UST does. Alternatively, you could use a phrase. Alternate translation: “John the Baptizer” or “John, the one who baptizes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 7 20 l367 λέγων 1 to say Alternate translation: “to ask” LUK 7 20 l367 λέγων 1 to say Alternate translation: “to ask”
LUK 7 20 l368 figs-you σὺ 1 you Since this question is for Jesus alone, **you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) LUK 7 20 l368 figs-you σὺ 1 you Since this question is for Jesus alone, **you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
LUK 7 20 l369 figs-explicit ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 the one who is coming This expression means “the Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 7 20 l369 figs-explicit ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 the one who is coming This expression means “the Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1223,7 +1197,6 @@ LUK 8 1 l401 figs-abstractnouns τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 t
LUK 8 1 l402 figs-nominaladj οἱ δώδεκα 1 the Twelve Luke is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) LUK 8 1 l402 figs-nominaladj οἱ δώδεκα 1 the Twelve Luke is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 8 1 l403 translate-names οἱ δώδεκα 1 the Twelve Alternatively, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) LUK 8 1 l403 translate-names οἱ δώδεκα 1 the Twelve Alternatively, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 8 2 g99l figs-activepassive αἳ ἦσαν τεθεραπευμέναι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν καὶ ἀσθενειῶν 1 who had been healed from evil spirits and diseases If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had set free from evil spirits and healed of diseases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 8 2 g99l figs-activepassive αἳ ἦσαν τεθεραπευμέναι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν καὶ ἀσθενειῶν 1 who had been healed from evil spirits and diseases If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had set free from evil spirits and healed of diseases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 8 2 jq4g translate-names Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή 1 Mary who was called Magdalene **Mary** is the name of a woman, and **Magdalene** is a distinguishing term that most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 8 2 n4x6 figs-activepassive Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή 1 Mary who was called Magdalene If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who people called Magdalene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 8 2 n4x6 figs-activepassive Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή 1 Mary who was called Magdalene If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who people called Magdalene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 8 2 l404 figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἧς δαιμόνια ἑπτὰ ἐξεληλύθει 1 from whom seven demons had gone out The **demons** did not go **out** on their own. It may be helpful to say explicitly that Jesus drove them out. Alternate translation: “from whom Jesus had driven out seven demons” or “whom Jesus had set free from seven demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 8 2 l404 figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἧς δαιμόνια ἑπτὰ ἐξεληλύθει 1 from whom seven demons had gone out The **demons** did not go **out** on their own. It may be helpful to say explicitly that Jesus drove them out. Alternate translation: “from whom Jesus had driven out seven demons” or “whom Jesus had set free from seven demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 8 3 tfz5 translate-names Ἰωάννα…Σουσάννα 1 Joanna … Susanna **Joanna** and **Susanna** are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) LUK 8 3 tfz5 translate-names Ἰωάννα…Σουσάννα 1 Joanna … Susanna **Joanna** and **Susanna** are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1676,7 +1649,6 @@ LUK 10 13 l573 translate-names Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Chorazin
LUK 10 13 mvq5 figs-hypo ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν…μετενόησαν 1 For if the mighty works that happened in you had happened in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago Jesus is describing a situation that might have happened in the past but actually did not. He is doing this to express disappointment and regret about what is happening in the present. Be sure to translate this in such a way that your readers will know that this event actually did not happen but they will understand why Jesus is imagining it. Alternate translation: “I can well imagine that if the people of Tyre and Sidon had witnessed the miracles that I performed for you, they would have repented a long time ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) LUK 10 13 mvq5 figs-hypo ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν…μετενόησαν 1 For if the mighty works that happened in you had happened in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago Jesus is describing a situation that might have happened in the past but actually did not. He is doing this to express disappointment and regret about what is happening in the present. Be sure to translate this in such a way that your readers will know that this event actually did not happen but they will understand why Jesus is imagining it. Alternate translation: “I can well imagine that if the people of Tyre and Sidon had witnessed the miracles that I performed for you, they would have repented a long time ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 10 13 l574 figs-explicit ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν…μετενόησαν 1 For if the mighty works that happened in you had happened in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of **Tyre** and **Sidon** because the people in them were so wicked. So the implication is similar to the one about the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because they were so wicked. But even the people who lived in those cities would have repented if they had seen the miracles I did in Chorazin and Bethsaida. So the people of Chorazin and Bethsaida certainly should have repented as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 10 13 l574 figs-explicit ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν…μετενόησαν 1 For if the mighty works that happened in you had happened in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of **Tyre** and **Sidon** because the people in them were so wicked. So the implication is similar to the one about the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because they were so wicked. But even the people who lived in those cities would have repented if they had seen the miracles I did in Chorazin and Bethsaida. So the people of Chorazin and Bethsaida certainly should have repented as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 13 l575 figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι 1 Tyre and Sidon Jesus uses the names of these cities to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “the people of Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LUK 10 13 l575 figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι 1 Tyre and Sidon Jesus uses the names of these cities to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “the people of Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 10 13 l576 translate-names Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι 1 Tyre and Sidon **Tyre** and **Sidon** are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 10 13 l577 figs-youdual αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 the mighty works that happened in you Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) LUK 10 13 l577 figs-youdual αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 the mighty works that happened in you Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
LUK 10 13 it4x translate-symaction ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ καθήμενοι μετενόησαν 1 they would have repented … sitting in sackcloth and ashes Jesus is saying that the people of Tyre and Sidon would have performed these actions, which are signs of humility and sorrow, to show that they were very sorry for committing their sins. Alternate translation: “they would have shown how sorry they were for their sins … by sitting on the ground wearing rough clothes and putting ashes on their heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) LUK 10 13 it4x translate-symaction ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ καθήμενοι μετενόησαν 1 they would have repented … sitting in sackcloth and ashes Jesus is saying that the people of Tyre and Sidon would have performed these actions, which are signs of humility and sorrow, to show that they were very sorry for committing their sins. Alternate translation: “they would have shown how sorry they were for their sins … by sitting on the ground wearing rough clothes and putting ashes on their heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
LUK 10 14 l578 figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται…ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you Jesus uses the names of these cities, **Tyre** and **Sidon**, to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LUK 10 14 l578 figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται…ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you Jesus uses the names of these cities, **Tyre** and **Sidon**, to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1690,7 +1662,6 @@ LUK 10 15 enp6 figs-rquestion σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρ
LUK 10 15 gk9v figs-metaphor σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? To be **exalted** or “lifted up” is a spatial metaphor that indicates receiving honor. To be lifted all the way up **to heaven** (or “to the sky,” another possible meaning) means to receive very great honor. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 10 15 gk9v figs-metaphor σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? To be **exalted** or “lifted up” is a spatial metaphor that indicates receiving honor. To be lifted all the way up **to heaven** (or “to the sky,” another possible meaning) means to receive very great honor. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 15 l582 figs-metonymy σύ, Καφαρναούμ 1 you, Capernaum Jesus uses the name of this city to refer to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LUK 10 15 l582 figs-metonymy σύ, Καφαρναούμ 1 you, Capernaum Jesus uses the name of this city to refer to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 10 15 l583 figs-you σύ, Καφαρναούμ 1 you, Capernaum Jesus is addressing an individual city, so **you** is singular here and in the rest of this verse. However, if you decide to translate this as “you people of Capernaum,” then **you** would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) LUK 10 15 l583 figs-you σύ, Καφαρναούμ 1 you, Capernaum Jesus is addressing an individual city, so **you** is singular here and in the rest of this verse. However, if you decide to translate this as “you people of Capernaum,” then **you** would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
LUK 10 15 l584 translate-names Καφαρναούμ 1 Capernaum **Capernaum** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 10 15 l585 figs-activepassive μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 you will … be exalted to heaven If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is not going to honor you greatly, is he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 10 15 l585 figs-activepassive μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 you will … be exalted to heaven If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is not going to honor you greatly, is he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 10 15 l586 figs-explicit μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 you will … be exalted to heaven If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the reason why the people of Capernaum think that God would want to honor them. Alternate translation: “God is not going to honor you greatly because you are such good people and your city is so prosperous, is he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 10 15 l586 figs-explicit μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 you will … be exalted to heaven If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the reason why the people of Capernaum think that God would want to honor them. Alternate translation: “God is not going to honor you greatly because you are such good people and your city is so prosperous, is he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 15 l587 figs-metaphor ἕως τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 You will be brought down as far as Hades To be **brought down** is another spatial metaphor. It indicates experiencing punishment and dishonor. To be brought down all the way to Hades, the underworld (that is, the abode of the dead), means to receive very great punishment or dishonor. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 10 15 l587 figs-metaphor ἕως τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 You will be brought down as far as Hades To be **brought down** is another spatial metaphor. It indicates experiencing punishment and dishonor. To be brought down all the way to Hades, the underworld (that is, the abode of the dead), means to receive very great punishment or dishonor. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1706,7 +1677,6 @@ LUK 10 17 l589 figs-activepassive τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται
LUK 10 17 cx7b figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 in your name The term **name** refers to Jesus power and authority. Alternate translation: “when we command them using the authority that you gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LUK 10 17 cx7b figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 in your name The term **name** refers to Jesus power and authority. Alternate translation: “when we command them using the authority that you gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 10 18 a37w figs-simile ἐθεώρουν τὸν Σατανᾶν ὡς ἀστραπὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα 1 I was watching Satan fall from heaven like lightning Jesus uses a simile to express that while his 72 disciples were out proclaiming the kingdom of God, he discerned that this was a quick and decisive defeat for Satan. If your readers would be familiar with lightning, you could use the same simile in your translation. Otherwise, you could use another comparison to something that happens rapidly and evidently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) LUK 10 18 a37w figs-simile ἐθεώρουν τὸν Σατανᾶν ὡς ἀστραπὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα 1 I was watching Satan fall from heaven like lightning Jesus uses a simile to express that while his 72 disciples were out proclaiming the kingdom of God, he discerned that this was a quick and decisive defeat for Satan. If your readers would be familiar with lightning, you could use the same simile in your translation. Otherwise, you could use another comparison to something that happens rapidly and evidently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
LUK 10 18 v8fl figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα 1 fall from heaven While Jesus actually did see this in his vision, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this image, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 10 18 v8fl figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα 1 fall from heaven While Jesus actually did see this in his vision, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this image, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 18 l590 translate-names Σατανᾶν 1 Satan **Satan** is the name of the devil. It occurs a few more times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 10 19 l591 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses **Behold** to focus his disciples attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 10 19 l591 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses **Behold** to focus his disciples attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 19 xl7q figs-metaphor τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων 1 authority to tread on snakes and scorpions This could mean: (1) Jesus is referring to actual **snakes and scorpions** and saying that God will protect his disciples from these dangers everywhere they travel to proclaim the kingdom. Alternate translation: “protection from snakes and scorpions, even if you step on them” (2) the phrase **snakes and scorpions** is a figurative way of describing evil spirits. Alternate translation: “the power to defeat evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 10 19 xl7q figs-metaphor τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων 1 authority to tread on snakes and scorpions This could mean: (1) Jesus is referring to actual **snakes and scorpions** and saying that God will protect his disciples from these dangers everywhere they travel to proclaim the kingdom. Alternate translation: “protection from snakes and scorpions, even if you step on them” (2) the phrase **snakes and scorpions** is a figurative way of describing evil spirits. Alternate translation: “the power to defeat evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 19 l592 translate-unknown ὄφεων 1 snakes In context, this clearly means poisonous **snakes**. If your readers would not be familiar with **snakes**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous biting animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) LUK 10 19 l592 translate-unknown ὄφεων 1 snakes In context, this clearly means poisonous **snakes**. If your readers would not be familiar with **snakes**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous biting animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -1799,10 +1769,8 @@ LUK 10 37 ig9x figs-explicit πορεύου καὶ σὺ ποίει ὁμοίω
LUK 10 38 kv4q writing-newevent ἐν δὲ τῷ πορεύεσθαι αὐτοὺς 1 And as they were traveling along Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event. Alternate translation: “The next thing that happened on their journey was that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) LUK 10 38 kv4q writing-newevent ἐν δὲ τῷ πορεύεσθαι αὐτοὺς 1 And as they were traveling along Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event. Alternate translation: “The next thing that happened on their journey was that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 10 38 l621 figs-synecdoche αὐτὸς εἰσῆλθεν…ὑπεδέξατο αὐτόν 1 he entered … welcomed him Luke says **he** and **him**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “they entered … welcomed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) LUK 10 38 l621 figs-synecdoche αὐτὸς εἰσῆλθεν…ὑπεδέξατο αὐτόν 1 he entered … welcomed him Luke says **he** and **him**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “they entered … welcomed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LUK 10 38 i17j writing-participants γυνὴ δέ τις ὀνόματι Μάρθα 1 and a certain woman named Martha This introduces **Martha** as a new character. Your language may have its own way of introducing new people. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There was a woman named Martha who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) LUK 10 38 i17j writing-participants γυνὴ δέ τις ὀνόματι Μάρθα 1 and a certain woman named Martha This introduces **Martha** as a new character. Your language may have its own way of introducing new people. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There was a woman named Martha who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 10 38 l622 translate-names Μάρθα 1 Martha **Martha** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 10 39 l623 writing-participants καὶ τῇδε ἦν ἀδελφὴ καλουμένη Μαριάμ 1 And she had a sister called Mary This introduces **Mary** as a new character. Alternate translation: “Now Martha had a sister whose name was Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) LUK 10 39 l623 writing-participants καὶ τῇδε ἦν ἀδελφὴ καλουμένη Μαριάμ 1 And she had a sister called Mary This introduces **Mary** as a new character. Alternate translation: “Now Martha had a sister whose name was Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 10 39 l624 figs-activepassive καλουμένη Μαριάμ 1 called Mary If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whose name was Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 10 39 l624 figs-activepassive καλουμένη Μαριάμ 1 called Mary If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whose name was Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 10 39 l625 translate-names Μαριάμ 1 Mary **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 10 39 fal8 figs-explicit παρακαθεσθεῖσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 she was sitting at the feet of Jesus This was the customary and respectful position for a learner at this time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she sat respectfully on the floor near Jesus to learn from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 10 39 fal8 figs-explicit παρακαθεσθεῖσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 she was sitting at the feet of Jesus This was the customary and respectful position for a learner at this time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she sat respectfully on the floor near Jesus to learn from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 39 l626 translate-textvariants τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Jesus See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading in your translation, or another reading, “the Lord.” The note below discusses a translation issue in that reading, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) LUK 10 39 l626 translate-textvariants τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Jesus See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading in your translation, or another reading, “the Lord.” The note below discusses a translation issue in that reading, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
LUK 10 39 l627 τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Jesus If you use the variant reading “the Lord” at this place in your translation, you may wish to indicate that this is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” LUK 10 39 l627 τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Jesus If you use the variant reading “the Lord” at this place in your translation, you may wish to indicate that this is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
@ -1876,7 +1844,6 @@ LUK 11 14 l6cg writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luk
LUK 11 14 p72b figs-ellipsis τοῦ δαιμονίου ἐξελθόντος 1 when the demon had gone out Luke is relating this episode briefly, and he does not say from whom the demon had **gone out**. Your language may require you to say that. Alternate translation: “when the demon had gone out of the man” or “once the demon had left the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) LUK 11 14 p72b figs-ellipsis τοῦ δαιμονίου ἐξελθόντος 1 when the demon had gone out Luke is relating this episode briefly, and he does not say from whom the demon had **gone out**. Your language may require you to say that. Alternate translation: “when the demon had gone out of the man” or “once the demon had left the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 11 14 tnq3 ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός 1 the mute man spoke Alternate translation: “the man who had been unable to speak then spoke” LUK 11 14 tnq3 ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός 1 the mute man spoke Alternate translation: “the man who had been unable to speak then spoke”
LUK 11 15 y6zi figs-metonymy ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 By Beelzebul These people are using the name of this chief demon to refer by association to his power, which they are accusing Jesus of using. Alternate translation: “By the power of Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LUK 11 15 y6zi figs-metonymy ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 By Beelzebul These people are using the name of this chief demon to refer by association to his power, which they are accusing Jesus of using. Alternate translation: “By the power of Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 11 15 l659 translate-names Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 Beelzebul **Beelzebul** is the name of the supposed ruler of the demons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 11 16 r519 writing-pronouns ἕτεροι δὲ πειράζοντες 1 others tested him The pronoun **{him}** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Other people challenged Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) LUK 11 16 r519 writing-pronouns ἕτεροι δὲ πειράζοντες 1 others tested him The pronoun **{him}** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Other people challenged Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 11 16 l660 figs-metonymy σημεῖον ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐζήτουν παρ’ αὐτοῦ 1 seeking from him a sign from heaven Luke uses the term **heaven** to refer to God by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “demanding that he ask God to do a miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LUK 11 16 l660 figs-metonymy σημεῖον ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐζήτουν παρ’ αὐτοῦ 1 seeking from him a sign from heaven Luke uses the term **heaven** to refer to God by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “demanding that he ask God to do a miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 11 16 x9fw figs-explicit σημεῖον ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐζήτουν παρ’ αὐτοῦ 1 seeking from him a sign from heaven The implication is that the people who were challenging Jesus wanted him to ask God for a miracle to prove that his authority came from God. Alternate translation: “by demanding that he ask God to do a miracle to show that God had given him his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 11 16 x9fw figs-explicit σημεῖον ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐζήτουν παρ’ αὐτοῦ 1 seeking from him a sign from heaven The implication is that the people who were challenging Jesus wanted him to ask God for a miracle to prove that his authority came from God. Alternate translation: “by demanding that he ask God to do a miracle to show that God had given him his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1891,11 +1858,9 @@ LUK 11 18 i74u figs-synecdoche εἰ…καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑ
LUK 11 18 l664 figs-activepassive εἰ…καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη 1 if Satan is … divided against himself If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are also fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 11 18 l664 figs-activepassive εἰ…καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη 1 if Satan is … divided against himself If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are also fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 11 18 l665 figs-metaphor πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? 1 how will his kingdom stand? Jesus asks how a **kingdom** could **stand** as if it were a building or a person. Alternate translation: “how can his kingdom last?” or “then his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 11 18 l665 figs-metaphor πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? 1 how will his kingdom stand? Jesus asks how a **kingdom** could **stand** as if it were a building or a person. Alternate translation: “how can his kingdom last?” or “then his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 11 18 vnt9 figs-explicit ὅτι λέγετε, ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλειν με τὰ δαιμόνια 1 For you say I drive out the demons by Beelzebul The implication is that if Jesus is doing this, then Satans kingdom is divided against itself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may also be helpful to say who people considered **Beelzebul** to be. Alternate translation: “You are saying that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, the ruler of the demons. That would mean that Satan is divided against himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 11 18 vnt9 figs-explicit ὅτι λέγετε, ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλειν με τὰ δαιμόνια 1 For you say I drive out the demons by Beelzebul The implication is that if Jesus is doing this, then Satans kingdom is divided against itself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may also be helpful to say who people considered **Beelzebul** to be. Alternate translation: “You are saying that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, the ruler of the demons. That would mean that Satan is divided against himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 18 l666 translate-names Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 Beelzebul See how you translated the name **Beelzebul** in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 11 19 i48v figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 But if I drive out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out? Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) LUK 11 19 i48v figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 But if I drive out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out? Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 11 19 l667 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 But if I drive out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out? Jesus is also using a conditional statement to teach. Specifically, he is suggesting a condition that is not true in order to show by the results of the condition that it is certainly not true. Alternate translation: “Suppose I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul. In that case, your followers must be using that same power themselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) LUK 11 19 l667 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 But if I drive out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out? Jesus is also using a conditional statement to teach. Specifically, he is suggesting a condition that is not true in order to show by the results of the condition that it is certainly not true. Alternate translation: “Suppose I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul. In that case, your followers must be using that same power themselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
LUK 11 19 l668 figs-explicit εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 But if I drive out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out? The implication is that the people challenging Jesus would not say that their own followers were using the power of **Beelzebul**, and so they should agree that he is not using that power himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power. But you do not believe that is true about them. So it must not be true about me, either.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 11 19 l668 figs-explicit εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 But if I drive out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out? The implication is that the people challenging Jesus would not say that their own followers were using the power of **Beelzebul**, and so they should agree that he is not using that power himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power. But you do not believe that is true about them. So it must not be true about me, either.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 19 l669 translate-names Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 Beelzebul See how you translated the name **Beelzebul** in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 11 19 l670 figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 your sons Here, Jesus uses the word **sons** to mean “followers.” Alternate translation: “your followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 11 19 l670 figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 your sons Here, Jesus uses the word **sons** to mean “followers.” Alternate translation: “your followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 11 19 bs8x figs-explicit αὐτοὶ ὑμῶν κριταὶ ἔσονται 1 they will be your judges If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “your own followers will say that you are wrong for claiming that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, because they know that they are not using that power themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 11 19 bs8x figs-explicit αὐτοὶ ὑμῶν κριταὶ ἔσονται 1 they will be your judges If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “your own followers will say that you are wrong for claiming that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, because they know that they are not using that power themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 20 l671 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ, ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 if I drive out the demons by the finger of God, then the kingdom of God has come to you Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “So I must be making demons leave people by the power of God. This shows that the kingdom of God has come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) LUK 11 20 l671 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ, ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 if I drive out the demons by the finger of God, then the kingdom of God has come to you Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “So I must be making demons leave people by the power of God. This shows that the kingdom of God has come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
@ -2029,7 +1994,6 @@ LUK 11 50 d1rf figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητ
LUK 11 50 l722 ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 from the foundation of the world Alternate translation: “since the beginning of the world” or “since God made the world” LUK 11 50 l722 ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 from the foundation of the world Alternate translation: “since the beginning of the world” or “since God made the world”
LUK 11 50 l723 figs-metonymy τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation Jesus uses the term **generation** to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LUK 11 50 l723 figs-metonymy τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation Jesus uses the term **generation** to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 11 51 l724 figs-metonymy αἵματος Ἂβελ…αἵματος Ζαχαρίου 1 the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah Jesus uses the terms **the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah** to refer to the deaths of these men by association with the shedding of their blood. Alternate translation: “the death of Abel … the death of Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LUK 11 51 l724 figs-metonymy αἵματος Ἂβελ…αἵματος Ζαχαρίου 1 the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah Jesus uses the terms **the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah** to refer to the deaths of these men by association with the shedding of their blood. Alternate translation: “the death of Abel … the death of Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 11 51 l725 translate-names Ἂβελ 1 Abel **Abel** is the name of a man. He was the son of Adam, the first man, and God commended him for doing what was right. His brother Cain murdered him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 11 51 jes7 translate-names Ζαχαρίου 1 Zechariah **Zechariah** is the name of a man. It is not the same man as father of John the Baptist, whose story Luke tells at the beginning of this book. Rather, Jesus means the priest whom King Joash ordered the officials of Judah to stone to death in the temple courtyard after he rebuked the people of Judah for worshipping idols. See [2 Chronicles 24:21](../2ch/24/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) LUK 11 51 jes7 translate-names Ζαχαρίου 1 Zechariah **Zechariah** is the name of a man. It is not the same man as father of John the Baptist, whose story Luke tells at the beginning of this book. Rather, Jesus means the priest whom King Joash ordered the officials of Judah to stone to death in the temple courtyard after he rebuked the people of Judah for worshipping idols. See [2 Chronicles 24:21](../2ch/24/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 11 51 l726 figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου 1 the house Jesus calls the temple the **house**, meaning the “house of God,” since Gods presence was in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 11 51 l726 figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου 1 the house Jesus calls the temple the **house**, meaning the “house of God,” since Gods presence was in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 11 51 l727 figs-activepassive ἐκζητηθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 it will be required from this generation If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will hold the people living at this time accountable for all these deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 11 51 l727 figs-activepassive ἐκζητηθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 it will be required from this generation If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will hold the people living at this time accountable for all these deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -2158,7 +2122,6 @@ LUK 12 27 s8d3 translate-unknown τὰ κρίνα 1 the lilies The word **lilies
LUK 12 27 u3mf translate-unknown οὐδὲ νήθει 1 neither do they spin In this context, to **spin** means to make thread or yarn for cloth. It does not mean to turn in a circle while standing in one place. If your readers might be confused by the term, you could explain the meaning with a phrase. Alternate translation: “and they do not make thread for cloth” or “and they do not make yarn for cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) LUK 12 27 u3mf translate-unknown οὐδὲ νήθει 1 neither do they spin In this context, to **spin** means to make thread or yarn for cloth. It does not mean to turn in a circle while standing in one place. If your readers might be confused by the term, you could explain the meaning with a phrase. Alternate translation: “and they do not make thread for cloth” or “and they do not make yarn for cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 12 27 l781 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, οὐδὲ Σολομὼν 1 But I say to you, not even Solomon Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that not even Solomon” LUK 12 27 l781 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, οὐδὲ Σολομὼν 1 But I say to you, not even Solomon Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that not even Solomon”
LUK 12 27 nug5 figs-abstractnouns Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ 1 Solomon in all his glory The abstract noun **glory** could mean: (1) “Solomon, who had great wealth.” (2) “Solomon, who wore beautiful clothes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) LUK 12 27 nug5 figs-abstractnouns Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ 1 Solomon in all his glory The abstract noun **glory** could mean: (1) “Solomon, who had great wealth.” (2) “Solomon, who wore beautiful clothes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 12 27 l782 translate-names Σολομὼν 1 Solomon **Solomon** is the name of a man, a great king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 12 28 rur9 figs-metaphor εἰ…ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει 1 if God so clothes the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven Jesus speaks of God making the wild plants beautiful as if God were putting beautiful clothing on them. Alternate translation: “if God makes the wild plants beautiful like this, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 12 28 rur9 figs-metaphor εἰ…ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει 1 if God so clothes the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven Jesus speaks of God making the wild plants beautiful as if God were putting beautiful clothing on them. Alternate translation: “if God makes the wild plants beautiful like this, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 12 28 l783 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει 1 if God so clothes the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since God makes the wild plants so beautiful, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) LUK 12 28 l783 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει 1 if God so clothes the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since God makes the wild plants so beautiful, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
LUK 12 28 l784 figs-explicit ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven While Jesus uses a term that typically means **grass**, in this context he must implicitly mean wild plants in general, since he is referring back to the wild lilies he has just mentioned. So you could express this with a general term in your translation. Alternate translation: “the wild plants, which are alive today and tomorrow are thrown into the oven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 12 28 l784 figs-explicit ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven While Jesus uses a term that typically means **grass**, in this context he must implicitly mean wild plants in general, since he is referring back to the wild lilies he has just mentioned. So you could express this with a general term in your translation. Alternate translation: “the wild plants, which are alive today and tomorrow are thrown into the oven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -2303,7 +2266,6 @@ LUK 13 1 wg2k figs-explicit παρῆσαν…τινες ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ
LUK 13 1 l843 figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν 1 whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices Luke is speaking about this event to indicate that the **blood** of the Galileans was shed at the same time as the blood of their animal **sacrifices**. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate had killed while they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 13 1 l843 figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν 1 whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices Luke is speaking about this event to indicate that the **blood** of the Galileans was shed at the same time as the blood of their animal **sacrifices**. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate had killed while they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 1 fj2c figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν 1 whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices Luke uses the term **blood** to refer to the death of these Galileans. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate had killed while they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LUK 13 1 fj2c figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν 1 whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices Luke uses the term **blood** to refer to the death of these Galileans. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate had killed while they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 13 1 l844 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν 1 whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices Pilate likely did not kill these Galileans personally. Rather, he ordered his soldiers to kill them. Alternate translation: “whom Pilates soldiers had killed as they were offering sacrifices at the temple” or “whom Pilate had ordered his soldiers to kill as they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LUK 13 1 l844 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν 1 whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices Pilate likely did not kill these Galileans personally. Rather, he ordered his soldiers to kill them. Alternate translation: “whom Pilates soldiers had killed as they were offering sacrifices at the temple” or “whom Pilate had ordered his soldiers to kill as they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 13 1 l845 translate-names Πειλᾶτος 1 Pilate **Pilate** is the name of a man; he was the Roman ruler of Judea in this time. See how you translated his name in [3:1](../03/01.md). His name occurs many times later in the book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 13 2 l846 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 answering he said to them Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what the people in the crowd told him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) LUK 13 2 l846 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 answering he said to them Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what the people in the crowd told him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 13 2 zfa8 figs-rquestion δοκεῖτε ὅτι οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι οὗτοι, ἁμαρτωλοὶ παρὰ πάντας τοὺς Γαλιλαίους ἐγένοντο, ὅτι ταῦτα πεπόνθασιν? 1 Do you think that Jesus is using the question form to teach these people and the whole crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that these Galileans were more sinful than all the Galileans because they suffered this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) LUK 13 2 zfa8 figs-rquestion δοκεῖτε ὅτι οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι οὗτοι, ἁμαρτωλοὶ παρὰ πάντας τοὺς Γαλιλαίους ἐγένοντο, ὅτι ταῦτα πεπόνθασιν? 1 Do you think that Jesus is using the question form to teach these people and the whole crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that these Galileans were more sinful than all the Galileans because they suffered this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 13 2 l847 ἁμαρτωλοὶ παρὰ πάντας τοὺς Γαλιλαίους 1 more sinful than all the Galileans Alternate translation: “more sinful than all the other Galileans” or “the most sinful of all Galileans” LUK 13 2 l847 ἁμαρτωλοὶ παρὰ πάντας τοὺς Γαλιλαίους 1 more sinful than all the Galileans Alternate translation: “more sinful than all the other Galileans” or “the most sinful of all Galileans”
@ -2824,7 +2786,6 @@ LUK 16 19 m079 figs-metonymy πορφύραν 1 purple Jesus uses the term **pur
LUK 16 19 z8v5 translate-unknown βύσσον 1 The term **fine linen** refers to a high quality clothe made from the fibers of the flax plant. If you do not have **linen** in your region and/or your readers would be unfamiliar with this term, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “garments made of fine cloth” or “garments made of good cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) LUK 16 19 z8v5 translate-unknown βύσσον 1 The term **fine linen** refers to a high quality clothe made from the fibers of the flax plant. If you do not have **linen** in your region and/or your readers would be unfamiliar with this term, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “garments made of fine cloth” or “garments made of good cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 16 19 sz7t εὐφραινόμενος καθ’ ἡμέραν λαμπρῶς 1 feasting sumptuously every day Alternate translation: “and he enjoyed eating expensive food every day” LUK 16 19 sz7t εὐφραινόμενος καθ’ ἡμέραν λαμπρῶς 1 feasting sumptuously every day Alternate translation: “and he enjoyed eating expensive food every day”
LUK 16 20 mmw2 writing-participants πτωχὸς δέ τις ὀνόματι Λάζαρος 1 But a certain poor man named Lazarus This introduces another character in the parable. It is not clear whether this is a real person or simply a person in a story that Jesus is telling in order to make a point. Alternate translation: “There was also a poor man named Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) LUK 16 20 mmw2 writing-participants πτωχὸς δέ τις ὀνόματι Λάζαρος 1 But a certain poor man named Lazarus This introduces another character in the parable. It is not clear whether this is a real person or simply a person in a story that Jesus is telling in order to make a point. Alternate translation: “There was also a poor man named Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 16 20 m080 translate-names Λάζαρος 1 Lazarus **Lazarus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 16 20 m081 figs-activepassive ἐβέβλητο πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα αὐτοῦ 1 was laid at his gate If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom people laid at his gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 16 20 m081 figs-activepassive ἐβέβλητο πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα αὐτοῦ 1 was laid at his gate If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom people laid at his gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 16 20 ax4v figs-explicit πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα αὐτοῦ 1 at his gate The implication is that people brought Lazarus there so that he could beg for money and food from those who went in and out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the gate to the rich mans house so that he could beg there” or “at the entrance to the rich mans property so that he could beg there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 16 20 ax4v figs-explicit πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα αὐτοῦ 1 at his gate The implication is that people brought Lazarus there so that he could beg for money and food from those who went in and out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the gate to the rich mans house so that he could beg there” or “at the entrance to the rich mans property so that he could beg there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 16 20 ex57 εἱλκωμένος 1 afflicted with sores It might be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “He was covered with sores” or “He had sores all over his body” LUK 16 20 ex57 εἱλκωμένος 1 afflicted with sores It might be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “He was covered with sores” or “He had sores all over his body”
@ -2835,7 +2796,6 @@ LUK 16 22 y7pb writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luk
LUK 16 22 hrm6 figs-activepassive ἀπενεχθῆναι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων 1 he was carried away by the angels If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the angels carried him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 16 22 hrm6 figs-activepassive ἀπενεχθῆναι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων 1 he was carried away by the angels If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the angels carried him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 16 22 r2k1 figs-explicit εἰς τὸν κόλπον Ἀβραάμ 1 to the bosom of Abraham The implication is that Abraham and Lazarus were reclining next to each other at a feast. Within the story, this feast likely represents the joys of heaven, and Jesus may be depicting Abraham, the ancestor of the Jews, as the host. In that case, Lazarus would be in a place of honor next to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to a place of honor next to Abraham at the heavenly feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 16 22 r2k1 figs-explicit εἰς τὸν κόλπον Ἀβραάμ 1 to the bosom of Abraham The implication is that Abraham and Lazarus were reclining next to each other at a feast. Within the story, this feast likely represents the joys of heaven, and Jesus may be depicting Abraham, the ancestor of the Jews, as the host. In that case, Lazarus would be in a place of honor next to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to a place of honor next to Abraham at the heavenly feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 16 22 hn6v figs-activepassive ἐτάφη 1 was buried If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 16 22 hn6v figs-activepassive ἐτάφη 1 was buried If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 16 23 m082 translate-names ἐν τῷ ᾍδῃ 1 in Hades **Hades** was the Greek name for the abode of the dead. You could use that name in your translation, or you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “he went to Hades, where” or “he went to hell, where” or “he went to the place of the dead, where” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 16 23 tl8x figs-idiom ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 lifting up his eyes This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 16 23 tl8x figs-idiom ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 lifting up his eyes This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 16 23 vca4 ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις 1 being in torment Alternate translation: “while suffering in terrible pain” LUK 16 23 vca4 ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις 1 being in torment Alternate translation: “while suffering in terrible pain”
LUK 16 23 m083 ὁρᾷ 1 he sees To call attention to a significant development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he saw” LUK 16 23 m083 ὁρᾷ 1 he sees To call attention to a significant development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he saw”
@ -3007,7 +2967,6 @@ LUK 17 25 dp8a figs-activepassive ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τ
LUK 17 25 m165 figs-metonymy τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation Jesus is using the term **generation** to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LUK 17 25 m165 figs-metonymy τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation Jesus is using the term **generation** to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 17 26 d2ne καθὼς ἐγένετο…οὕτως ἔσται καὶ 1 just as it happened … so it will also be Alternate translation: “just as people were doing certain things … so people will be doing the same things” LUK 17 26 d2ne καθὼς ἐγένετο…οὕτως ἔσται καὶ 1 just as it happened … so it will also be Alternate translation: “just as people were doing certain things … so people will be doing the same things”
LUK 17 26 v1sr figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Νῶε 1 in the days of Noah Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Noah was living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 17 26 v1sr figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Νῶε 1 in the days of Noah Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Noah was living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 17 26 m166 translate-names Νῶε 1 Noah **Noah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 17 26 ktl1 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 in the days of the Son of Man Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when the Son of Man is about to return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 17 26 ktl1 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 in the days of the Son of Man Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when the Son of Man is about to return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 17 26 m167 figs-123person ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 in the days of the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “in my days as the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) LUK 17 26 m167 figs-123person ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 in the days of the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “in my days as the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
LUK 17 26 m168 figs-explicit ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 in the days of the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “in my days as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 17 26 m168 figs-explicit ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 in the days of the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “in my days as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -3018,11 +2977,9 @@ LUK 17 27 hb8s translate-unknown τὴν κιβωτόν 1 the ark The term **the
LUK 17 27 qt8b figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 them all Here, **them all** does not include Noah and his family, who were in the ark. Alternate translation: “all those who were not in the ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) LUK 17 27 qt8b figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 them all Here, **them all** does not include Noah and his family, who were in the ark. Alternate translation: “all those who were not in the ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
LUK 17 28 m170 figs-ellipsis καθὼς ἐγένετο ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Λώτ 1 just as it happened in the days of Lot Jesus is drawing another analogy like the one in [17:27](../17/27.md), but in this case he does not specify the object of the comparison right away. He does not do so explicitly until [17:30](../17/30.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply that information here. Alternate translation: “people were doing certain things at the time when Lot lived, and people will be doing the same things at the time when I am about to return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) LUK 17 28 m170 figs-ellipsis καθὼς ἐγένετο ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Λώτ 1 just as it happened in the days of Lot Jesus is drawing another analogy like the one in [17:27](../17/27.md), but in this case he does not specify the object of the comparison right away. He does not do so explicitly until [17:30](../17/30.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply that information here. Alternate translation: “people were doing certain things at the time when Lot lived, and people will be doing the same things at the time when I am about to return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 17 28 m171 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Λώτ 1 in the days of Lot Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Lot was living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 17 28 m171 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Λώτ 1 in the days of Lot Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Lot was living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 17 28 m172 translate-names Λώτ 1 Lot **Lot** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 17 28 m173 figs-synecdoche ἤσθιον, ἔπινον, ἠγόραζον, ἐπώλουν, ἐφύτευον, ᾠκοδόμουν 1 they were eating, they were drinking, they were buying, they were selling, they were planting, they were building Jesus describes several regular activities to refer to regular activities in general. Alternate translation: “they were going about their normal lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) LUK 17 28 m173 figs-synecdoche ἤσθιον, ἔπινον, ἠγόραζον, ἐπώλουν, ἐφύτευον, ᾠκοδόμουν 1 they were eating, they were drinking, they were buying, they were selling, they were planting, they were building Jesus describes several regular activities to refer to regular activities in general. Alternate translation: “they were going about their normal lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LUK 17 28 u93v writing-pronouns ἤσθιον 1 they were eating The implication from [17:29](../17/29.md) is that the pronoun **they** refers to the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “the people of Sodom were eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) LUK 17 28 u93v writing-pronouns ἤσθιον 1 they were eating The implication from [17:29](../17/29.md) is that the pronoun **they** refers to the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “the people of Sodom were eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 17 29 m174 figs-idiom ᾗ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ 1 but in the day While Lot did leave Sodom on a specific **day**, Jesus is likely using the word **day** to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “But at the moment when” or “But as soon as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 17 29 m174 figs-idiom ᾗ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ 1 but in the day While Lot did leave Sodom on a specific **day**, Jesus is likely using the word **day** to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “But at the moment when” or “But as soon as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 17 29 m175 translate-names Σοδόμων 1 Sodom **Sodom** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 17 29 gp77 figs-simile ἔβρεξεν πῦρ καὶ θεῖον ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ 1 it rained fire and sulfur from heaven In some languages, **rained** can mean “fell in large quantities.” If the verb for water falling from the sky does not have that extended meaning in your language, you could translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “fire and burning sulfur fell from the sky like rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) LUK 17 29 gp77 figs-simile ἔβρεξεν πῦρ καὶ θεῖον ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ 1 it rained fire and sulfur from heaven In some languages, **rained** can mean “fell in large quantities.” If the verb for water falling from the sky does not have that extended meaning in your language, you could translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “fire and burning sulfur fell from the sky like rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
LUK 17 29 skp4 figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 them all Here, **them all** does not include Lot and his family. Alternate translation: “all those who stayed in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) LUK 17 29 skp4 figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 them all Here, **them all** does not include Lot and his family. Alternate translation: “all those who stayed in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
LUK 17 30 m176 κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἔσται 1 It will be according to these things Alternate translation: “It will be just like that” LUK 17 30 m176 κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἔσται 1 It will be according to these things Alternate translation: “It will be just like that”
@ -3039,7 +2996,6 @@ LUK 17 31 m180 figs-explicit μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι αὐτά 1 let hi
LUK 17 31 m181 figs-hypo καὶ ὁ ἐν ἀγρῷ, ὁμοίως μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 and the one in the field, likewise let him not turn to the things behind Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. Alternate translation: “and suppose someone is out working in the field. Then he too should not go back into the house for anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) LUK 17 31 m181 figs-hypo καὶ ὁ ἐν ἀγρῷ, ὁμοίως μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 and the one in the field, likewise let him not turn to the things behind Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. Alternate translation: “and suppose someone is out working in the field. Then he too should not go back into the house for anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 17 31 suh5 figs-explicit μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 let him not turn to the things behind The implication once again is that people should flee immediately without even taking the time to secure their valuables. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he should flee immediately, without going back to the house to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 17 31 suh5 figs-explicit μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 let him not turn to the things behind The implication once again is that people should flee immediately without even taking the time to secure their valuables. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he should flee immediately, without going back to the house to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 32 fz8m figs-explicit μνημονεύετε τῆς γυναικὸς Λώτ 1 Remember the wife of Lot Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that Lots **wife** looked back toward Sodom and that God punished her along with the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “Remember what happened to Lots wife when she looked back toward Sodom” or “Do not do what Lots wife did and wish you were back among people whom God is punishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 17 32 fz8m figs-explicit μνημονεύετε τῆς γυναικὸς Λώτ 1 Remember the wife of Lot Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that Lots **wife** looked back toward Sodom and that God punished her along with the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “Remember what happened to Lots wife when she looked back toward Sodom” or “Do not do what Lots wife did and wish you were back among people whom God is punishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 32 m182 translate-names Λώτ 1 Lot **Lot** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [17:28](../17/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 17 33 d9fl ὃς ἐὰν ζητήσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ περιποιήσασθαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 Whoever seeks to keep his life will lose it Alternate translation: “Whoever tries to save his old way of living will lose his life” LUK 17 33 d9fl ὃς ἐὰν ζητήσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ περιποιήσασθαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 Whoever seeks to keep his life will lose it Alternate translation: “Whoever tries to save his old way of living will lose his life”
LUK 17 33 kvw6 ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει, ζῳογονήσει αὐτήν 1 but whoever will lose it will preserve it Alternate translation: “but whoever gives up his old way of living will save his life” LUK 17 33 kvw6 ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει, ζῳογονήσει αὐτήν 1 but whoever will lose it will preserve it Alternate translation: “but whoever gives up his old way of living will save his life”
LUK 17 34 p84l λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “Indeed” LUK 17 34 p84l λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
@ -3202,7 +3158,6 @@ LUK 18 34 fn58 figs-activepassive ἦν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο κεκρυ
LUK 18 34 m248 τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο 1 this word Here Luke uses the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “this saying” or “what Jesus was telling them” LUK 18 34 m248 τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο 1 this word Here Luke uses the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “this saying” or “what Jesus was telling them”
LUK 18 34 qx2n figs-activepassive τὰ λεγόμενα 1 the things that were spoken If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things that Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 18 34 qx2n figs-activepassive τὰ λεγόμενα 1 the things that were spoken If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things that Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 18 35 w3sw writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) LUK 18 35 w3sw writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 18 35 m249 translate-names ἐν τῷ ἐγγίζειν αὐτὸν εἰς Ἰερειχὼ 1 as he came near to Jericho **Jericho** is the name of a city. Alternate translation: “as Jesus approached the city of Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 18 35 dyf9 writing-participants τυφλός τις 1 a certain blind man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “there was a blind man who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) LUK 18 35 dyf9 writing-participants τυφλός τις 1 a certain blind man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “there was a blind man who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 18 36 t35v τί εἴη τοῦτο 1 what this might be Alternate translation: “what was happening” LUK 18 36 t35v τί εἴη τοῦτο 1 what this might be Alternate translation: “what was happening”
LUK 18 37 ckr3 writing-pronouns ἀπήγγειλαν…αὐτῷ 1 they reported to him Here, **they** is indefinite. It does not refer to particular individuals. Alternate translation: “people in the crowd told the blind man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) LUK 18 37 ckr3 writing-pronouns ἀπήγγειλαν…αὐτῷ 1 they reported to him Here, **they** is indefinite. It does not refer to particular individuals. Alternate translation: “people in the crowd told the blind man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -3211,7 +3166,6 @@ LUK 18 38 u9ct grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses **And** to i
LUK 18 38 yaj2 ἐβόησεν 1 cried out Alternate translation: “he called out” or “he shouted” LUK 18 38 yaj2 ἐβόησεν 1 cried out Alternate translation: “he called out” or “he shouted”
LUK 18 38 m250 figs-metaphor Υἱὲ Δαυείδ 1 Son of David The blind man is using the word **Son** to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 18 38 m250 figs-metaphor Υἱὲ Δαυείδ 1 Son of David The blind man is using the word **Son** to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 18 38 ehf6 figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυείδ 1 Son of David **David** was Israels most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title **Son of David** implicitly meant “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 18 38 ehf6 figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυείδ 1 Son of David **David** was Israels most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title **Son of David** implicitly meant “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 18 38 m251 translate-names Δαυείδ 1 David **David** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 18 38 u69g figs-imperative ἐλέησόν με 1 have mercy on me This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be merciful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) LUK 18 38 u69g figs-imperative ἐλέησόν με 1 have mercy on me This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be merciful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
LUK 18 38 m252 figs-explicit ἐλέησόν με 1 have mercy on me The blind man assumes that Jesus will know that he is asking specifically to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on me and heal me” or “please be merciful to me by healing me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 18 38 m252 figs-explicit ἐλέησόν με 1 have mercy on me The blind man assumes that Jesus will know that he is asking specifically to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on me and heal me” or “please be merciful to me by healing me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 18 39 m253 οἱ προάγοντες 1 the ones who were walking ahead Alternate translation: “the people who were walking ahead of Jesus” LUK 18 39 m253 οἱ προάγοντες 1 the ones who were walking ahead Alternate translation: “the people who were walking ahead of Jesus”
@ -3228,7 +3182,6 @@ LUK 18 43 m258 ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ 1 he followed him Here, **followe
LUK 18 43 d1kk δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν 1 glorifying God Alternate translation: “giving glory to God” or “praising God” LUK 18 43 d1kk δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν 1 glorifying God Alternate translation: “giving glory to God” or “praising God”
LUK 19 intro zn2b 0 # Luke 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus helps a man named Zacchaeus repent of his sins (19:110)<br>2. Jesus tells a parable about a man who entrusted money to his servants (19:1127)<br>3. Jesus rides into Jerusalem on a colt (19:2848)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Sinner”<br><br>The Pharisees refer to a group of people as “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### Servants<br><br>God expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not.<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that the disciples brought Jesus both a donkey and a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:17 and Mark 11:17 and Luke 19:2936 and John 12:1415)<br><br>### Spreading garments and branches<br><br>When kings would enter the cities they ruled, people would cut branches from trees and take off the outer garments that they wore to stay warm in cold weather and spread them all on the road so the king would ride over them. They did this to honor the king and show that they loved him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/honor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])<br><br>### The merchants in the temple<br><br>Jesus forced the people who were selling animals in the temple to leave. He did this to show everyone that he had authority over the temple and that only those who were righteous, who did what God said was good, could be in it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) LUK 19 intro zn2b 0 # Luke 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus helps a man named Zacchaeus repent of his sins (19:110)<br>2. Jesus tells a parable about a man who entrusted money to his servants (19:1127)<br>3. Jesus rides into Jerusalem on a colt (19:2848)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Sinner”<br><br>The Pharisees refer to a group of people as “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### Servants<br><br>God expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not.<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that the disciples brought Jesus both a donkey and a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:17 and Mark 11:17 and Luke 19:2936 and John 12:1415)<br><br>### Spreading garments and branches<br><br>When kings would enter the cities they ruled, people would cut branches from trees and take off the outer garments that they wore to stay warm in cold weather and spread them all on the road so the king would ride over them. They did this to honor the king and show that they loved him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/honor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])<br><br>### The merchants in the temple<br><br>Jesus forced the people who were selling animals in the temple to leave. He did this to show everyone that he had authority over the temple and that only those who were righteous, who did what God said was good, could be in it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
LUK 19 1 j35m grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) LUK 19 1 j35m grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
LUK 19 1 m259 translate-names Ἰερειχώ 1 Jericho **Jericho** is the name of a city. See how you translated **Jericho** in [18:35](../18/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 19 2 m263 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the readers attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 19 2 m263 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the readers attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 19 2 y5i5 writing-participants ἀνὴρ 1 a man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) LUK 19 2 y5i5 writing-participants ἀνὴρ 1 a man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 19 2 m264 figs-idiom ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος 1 called Zacchaeus by name This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “whose name was Zacchaeus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 19 2 m264 figs-idiom ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος 1 called Zacchaeus by name This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “whose name was Zacchaeus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -3524,7 +3477,6 @@ LUK 20 26 wa3s figs-metaphor οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἐπιλαβέσθαι τ
LUK 20 26 m379 figs-metaphor ἐναντίον τοῦ λαοῦ 1 in front of the people Luke speaks of this spatially to refer to the peoples attention. Alternate translation: “while the people were watching” or “while the people were listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 20 26 m379 figs-metaphor ἐναντίον τοῦ λαοῦ 1 in front of the people Luke speaks of this spatially to refer to the peoples attention. Alternate translation: “while the people were watching” or “while the people were listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 20 27 m380 writing-participants προσελθόντες δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων 1 Then some of the Sadducces came Luke uses this statement to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) LUK 20 27 m380 writing-participants προσελθόντες δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων 1 Then some of the Sadducces came Luke uses this statement to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 20 27 m381 figs-explicit προσελθόντες δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων 1 Then some of the Sadducces came The implication is that these people also wanted to discredit Jesus. Alternate translation: “Because they too wanted to discredit Jesus, some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees then came to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 20 27 m381 figs-explicit προσελθόντες δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων 1 Then some of the Sadducces came The implication is that these people also wanted to discredit Jesus. Alternate translation: “Because they too wanted to discredit Jesus, some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees then came to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 20 27 m382 translate-names τῶν Σαδδουκαίων 1 the Sadducees **Sadducees** is the name of a group of Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 20 27 f9e3 figs-distinguish οἱ, λέγοντες ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 the ones who say there is no resurrection This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “The Sadducees believe that no one will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) LUK 20 27 f9e3 figs-distinguish οἱ, λέγοντες ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 the ones who say there is no resurrection This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “The Sadducees believe that no one will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
LUK 20 28 m383 figs-synecdoche λέγοντες 1 saying Luke could mean that one Sadducee spoke on behalf of the whole group, and you could indicate that as UST does. If you decide to do that, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “One of them said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) LUK 20 28 m383 figs-synecdoche λέγοντες 1 saying Luke could mean that one Sadducee spoke on behalf of the whole group, and you could indicate that as UST does. If you decide to do that, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “One of them said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LUK 20 28 m384 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use. LUK 20 28 m384 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
@ -3569,7 +3521,6 @@ LUK 20 36 btb3 figs-idiom τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοὶ ὄντες 1
LUK 20 37 j8z5 figs-activepassive ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροὶ 1 the dead are raised If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “God brings back to life people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 20 37 j8z5 figs-activepassive ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροὶ 1 the dead are raised If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “God brings back to life people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 20 37 m404 figs-nominaladj οἱ νεκροὶ 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) LUK 20 37 m404 figs-nominaladj οἱ νεκροὶ 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 20 37 g3xg καὶ Μωϋσῆς 1 even Moses Jesus is using the word **even** for emphasis. He is stressing the authority of Moses as someone to whom God gave an extensive revelation of his character and actions. Alternate translation: “Moses himself” LUK 20 37 g3xg καὶ Μωϋσῆς 1 even Moses Jesus is using the word **even** for emphasis. He is stressing the authority of Moses as someone to whom God gave an extensive revelation of his character and actions. Alternate translation: “Moses himself”
LUK 20 37 m405 translate-names Μωϋσῆς 1 Moses **Moses** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 20 37 n82t figs-explicit ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου 1 at the bush Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he means the bush in the desert that was burning without being consumed, at which Moses encountered God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 20 37 n82t figs-explicit ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου 1 at the bush Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he means the bush in the desert that was burning without being consumed, at which Moses encountered God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 20 37 m406 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου 1 at the bush Jesus is not referring to the actual encounter that Moses had with God at the burning bush, since during that encounter Moses did not say the words that Jesus attributes to him here. Rather, God said those words about himself, and Moses recorded them in the Scriptures. So Jesus is referring by association to the passage in which Moses describes his encounter with God at the burning bush. Alternate translation: “in the passage where he wrote about the burning bush” or “in the scripture about the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LUK 20 37 m406 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου 1 at the bush Jesus is not referring to the actual encounter that Moses had with God at the burning bush, since during that encounter Moses did not say the words that Jesus attributes to him here. Rather, God said those words about himself, and Moses recorded them in the Scriptures. So Jesus is referring by association to the passage in which Moses describes his encounter with God at the burning bush. Alternate translation: “in the passage where he wrote about the burning bush” or “in the scripture about the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 20 37 nx7f figs-verbs λέγει 1 he calls In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “he called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]]) LUK 20 37 nx7f figs-verbs λέγει 1 he calls In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “he called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
@ -3589,7 +3540,6 @@ LUK 20 41 t981 writing-pronouns εἶπεν…πρὸς αὐτούς 1 he said
LUK 20 41 mda6 figs-rquestion πῶς λέγουσιν τὸν Χριστὸν εἶναι Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν? 1 How do they say that the Christ is the son of David? This does not seem to be a rhetorical question that Jesus is using as a teaching tool. Rather, it seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer. They had asked him some difficult questions, and they had admitted that he answered them well. Now, in return, he is asking them a difficult question. None of them will be able to answer it, and this will demonstrate his wisdom even further. His question actually will teach something to those who are able to recognize its implications. But it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) LUK 20 41 mda6 figs-rquestion πῶς λέγουσιν τὸν Χριστὸν εἶναι Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν? 1 How do they say that the Christ is the son of David? This does not seem to be a rhetorical question that Jesus is using as a teaching tool. Rather, it seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer. They had asked him some difficult questions, and they had admitted that he answered them well. Now, in return, he is asking them a difficult question. None of them will be able to answer it, and this will demonstrate his wisdom even further. His question actually will teach something to those who are able to recognize its implications. But it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 20 41 sq2g writing-pronouns λέγουσιν 1 they say Here Jesus is using the pronoun **they** in an indefinite sense. He does not have specific individuals in mind. Alternate translation: “do people say that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) LUK 20 41 sq2g writing-pronouns λέγουσιν 1 they say Here Jesus is using the pronoun **they** in an indefinite sense. He does not have specific individuals in mind. Alternate translation: “do people say that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 20 41 b7rb figs-metaphor Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν 1 the son of David Here Jesus is using the term **son** to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 20 41 b7rb figs-metaphor Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν 1 the son of David Here Jesus is using the term **son** to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 20 41 m412 translate-names Δαυεὶδ 1 David **David** is the name of a man, Israels most important king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 20 42 y972 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς γὰρ Δαυεὶδ 1 For David himself Jesus uses the word **himself** here to emphasize to that it was **David**, the very person whom the scribes call the father of the Christ, who spoke the words in the quotation that follows. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom you call the father of the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) LUK 20 42 y972 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς γὰρ Δαυεὶδ 1 For David himself Jesus uses the word **himself** here to emphasize to that it was **David**, the very person whom the scribes call the father of the Christ, who spoke the words in the quotation that follows. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom you call the father of the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
LUK 20 42 z0vc grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce the reason why he has asked this question. Alternate translation: “I ask this question because” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) LUK 20 42 z0vc grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce the reason why he has asked this question. Alternate translation: “I ask this question because” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 20 42 m413 λέγει 1 says In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “said” LUK 20 42 m413 λέγει 1 says In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “said”
@ -3696,9 +3646,7 @@ LUK 21 18 m450 figs-metaphor θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν,
LUK 21 19 g85h ἐν τῇ ὑπομονῇ ὑμῶν 1 By your endurance Alternate translation: “If you remain faithful to me” LUK 21 19 g85h ἐν τῇ ὑπομονῇ ὑμῶν 1 By your endurance Alternate translation: “If you remain faithful to me”
LUK 21 19 r5zc κτήσασθε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 you will gain your souls Here “soul” means the eternal part of a person. Alternate translation: “you will receive eternal life” LUK 21 19 r5zc κτήσασθε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 you will gain your souls Here “soul” means the eternal part of a person. Alternate translation: “you will receive eternal life”
LUK 21 20 nqb6 figs-activepassive κυκλουμένην ὑπὸ στρατοπέδων Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Jerusalem surrounded by armies If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “armies surrounding Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 21 20 nqb6 figs-activepassive κυκλουμένην ὑπὸ στρατοπέδων Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Jerusalem surrounded by armies If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “armies surrounding Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 21 20 m451 translate-names Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Jerusalem **Jerusalem** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 21 20 dfy7 figs-abstractnouns ἤγγικεν ἡ ἐρήμωσις αὐτῆς 1 its desolation is near If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **desolation** with a verb such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “those armies will soon destroy it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) LUK 21 20 dfy7 figs-abstractnouns ἤγγικεν ἡ ἐρήμωσις αὐτῆς 1 its desolation is near If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **desolation** with a verb such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “those armies will soon destroy it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 21 21 m452 translate-names τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ 1 Judea **Judea** is the name of a province. Alternate translation: “the other parts of the province of Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 21 21 m453 figs-explicit εἰς τὰ ὄρη 1 to the mountains The implication is that people who fled **to the mountains** would be safe there. Alternate translation: “to the mountains, where they will be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 21 21 m453 figs-explicit εἰς τὰ ὄρη 1 to the mountains The implication is that people who fled **to the mountains** would be safe there. Alternate translation: “to the mountains, where they will be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 21 21 ubh7 writing-pronouns ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῆς 1 in the midst of it Here the pronoun **it** means Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “within the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) LUK 21 21 ubh7 writing-pronouns ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῆς 1 in the midst of it Here the pronoun **it** means Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “within the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 21 21 m454 figs-explicit οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις, μὴ εἰσερχέσθωσαν εἰς αὐτήν 1 let those in the fields not enter into it The term **fields** refers implicitly to the farms around Jerusalem that provided the main food supply for the city. Alternate translation: “the people living on the farms around the city should not seek shelter within its protective walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 21 21 m454 figs-explicit οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις, μὴ εἰσερχέσθωσαν εἰς αὐτήν 1 let those in the fields not enter into it The term **fields** refers implicitly to the farms around Jerusalem that provided the main food supply for the city. Alternate translation: “the people living on the farms around the city should not seek shelter within its protective walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -3792,15 +3740,12 @@ LUK 22 intro y8nr 0 # Luke 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formattin
LUK 22 1 q8fa grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) LUK 22 1 q8fa grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
LUK 22 1 jjy9 figs-explicit ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the Festival of Unleavened Bread During this festival the Jews did not eat bread that was made with yeast. You could translate this as either a description or as a name. Alternate translation: “the festival during which the Jews did not eat any bread that was made with yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 22 1 jjy9 figs-explicit ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the Festival of Unleavened Bread During this festival the Jews did not eat bread that was made with yeast. You could translate this as either a description or as a name. Alternate translation: “the festival during which the Jews did not eat any bread that was made with yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 22 1 m494 figs-activepassive ἡ λεγομένη Πάσχα 1 which is called the Passover If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which people call Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 22 1 m494 figs-activepassive ἡ λεγομένη Πάσχα 1 which is called the Passover If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which people call Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 22 1 m495 translate-names Πάσχα 1 Passover **Passover** is the name of a festival. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 22 1 u5jm ἤγγιζεν 1 was coming near Here Luke uses this phrase in the sense of **near** in time. Alternate translation: “was about to begin” LUK 22 1 u5jm ἤγγιζεν 1 was coming near Here Luke uses this phrase in the sense of **near** in time. Alternate translation: “was about to begin”
LUK 22 2 m496 writing-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce further background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) LUK 22 2 m496 writing-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce further background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
LUK 22 2 n9v6 figs-explicit τὸ πῶς ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν 1 how they might kill him These leaders did not have the authority to kill Jesus themselves. Rather, they were hoping to get others to kill him. Alternate translation: “how they might cause Jesus to be put to death” or “how they could have Jesus killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 22 2 n9v6 figs-explicit τὸ πῶς ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν 1 how they might kill him These leaders did not have the authority to kill Jesus themselves. Rather, they were hoping to get others to kill him. Alternate translation: “how they might cause Jesus to be put to death” or “how they could have Jesus killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 22 2 aij5 figs-explicit ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ τὸν λαόν 1 for they were fearing the people These leaders were not trying to have Jesus killed because they were afraid of **the people**. Rather, they were **seeking how** to have him killed, by implication quietly, because they were afraid that the people would make a great disturbance if they did this publicly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “quietly, because they were afraid that the people would riot if they did it publicly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 22 2 aij5 figs-explicit ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ τὸν λαόν 1 for they were fearing the people These leaders were not trying to have Jesus killed because they were afraid of **the people**. Rather, they were **seeking how** to have him killed, by implication quietly, because they were afraid that the people would make a great disturbance if they did this publicly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “quietly, because they were afraid that the people would riot if they did it publicly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 22 2 m497 figs-explicit τὸν λαόν 1 the people This means specifically the great crowds of people who had been coming to hear Jesus teach, as Luke describes in [21:38](../21/38.md). Alternate translation: “the many people who were coming to hear him teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 22 2 m497 figs-explicit τὸν λαόν 1 the people This means specifically the great crowds of people who had been coming to hear Jesus teach, as Luke describes in [21:38](../21/38.md). Alternate translation: “the many people who were coming to hear him teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 22 3 m498 translate-names Σατανᾶς 1 Satan **Satan** is the name of the devil. See how you translated this title in [10:18](../10/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 22 3 r65v εἰσῆλθεν…εἰς 1 entered into This was probably very similar to demon possession. Alternate translation: “took control of” LUK 22 3 r65v εἰσῆλθεν…εἰς 1 entered into This was probably very similar to demon possession. Alternate translation: “took control of”
LUK 22 3 m499 translate-names Ἰούδαν…Ἰσκαριώτην 1 Judas Iscariot **Judas** is the name of a man, and **Iscariot** is a distinguishing surname. See how you translated these names in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 22 3 m500 figs-activepassive τὸν καλούμενον Ἰσκαριώτην 1 the one called Iscariot If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Iscariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 22 3 m500 figs-activepassive τὸν καλούμενον Ἰσκαριώτην 1 the one called Iscariot If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Iscariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 22 3 m501 figs-nominaladj ὄντα ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα 1 who was from the number of the Twelve See how you translated this phrase in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 disciples whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) LUK 22 3 m501 figs-nominaladj ὄντα ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα 1 who was from the number of the Twelve See how you translated this phrase in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 disciples whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 22 3 m502 translate-names τῶν δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) LUK 22 3 m502 translate-names τῶν δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -3813,7 +3758,6 @@ LUK 22 6 bw75 ἄτερ ὄχλου 1 away from the crowd Alternate translation
LUK 22 7 veh1 figs-explicit ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the Day of Unleavened Bread This was the first day of the seven-day festival described in [22:1](../22/01.md). You could translate this as either a description or as a name, depending on what you did there. Alternate translation: “the first day of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” or “the day when the Jews removed all bread made with yeast from their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 22 7 veh1 figs-explicit ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the Day of Unleavened Bread This was the first day of the seven-day festival described in [22:1](../22/01.md). You could translate this as either a description or as a name, depending on what you did there. Alternate translation: “the first day of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” or “the day when the Jews removed all bread made with yeast from their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 22 7 rqi1 figs-metonymy ἔδει θύεσθαι τὸ Πάσχα 1 it was necessary to sacrifice the Passover Luke is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the lamb that the law of Moses told Jews to kill and eat for their celebration meal. Alternate translation: “people had to kill a lamb for their Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LUK 22 7 rqi1 figs-metonymy ἔδει θύεσθαι τὸ Πάσχα 1 it was necessary to sacrifice the Passover Luke is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the lamb that the law of Moses told Jews to kill and eat for their celebration meal. Alternate translation: “people had to kill a lamb for their Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 22 8 abcs writing-pronouns ἀπέστειλεν 1 he sent The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) LUK 22 8 abcs writing-pronouns ἀπέστειλεν 1 he sent The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 22 8 m503 translate-names Πέτρον…Ἰωάννην 1 Peter … John **Peter** and **John** are the names of two men. See how you translated these names in [6:14](../06/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 22 8 m504 figs-youdual πορευθέντες, ἑτοιμάσατε 1 Going, prepare Since Jesus is speaking to two men, **you** as implied in the participle and imperative verb would be in the dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) LUK 22 8 m504 figs-youdual πορευθέντες, ἑτοιμάσατε 1 Going, prepare Since Jesus is speaking to two men, **you** as implied in the participle and imperative verb would be in the dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
LUK 22 8 nkz4 figs-explicit πορευθέντες 1 Going The implication is that Jesus is sending Peter and John into the city of Jerusalem to do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Your language might translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “Go into the city of Jerusalem and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 22 8 nkz4 figs-explicit πορευθέντες 1 Going The implication is that Jesus is sending Peter and John into the city of Jerusalem to do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Your language might translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “Go into the city of Jerusalem and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 22 8 e4ev figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἵνα φάγωμεν 1 us … that we may eat Peter and John would be part of the group that would eat the meal, so the terms **us** and **we** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) LUK 22 8 e4ev figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἵνα φάγωμεν 1 us … that we may eat Peter and John would be part of the group that would eat the meal, so the terms **us** and **we** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@ -3899,9 +3843,7 @@ LUK 22 30 m529 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ μου 1 in my k
LUK 22 30 us1j translate-symaction καθῆσθε ἐπὶ θρόνων 1 sit on thrones Rulers have **thrones** that symbolize their authority. These special seats are signs of status and power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in some way in your translation. Alternate translation: “sit on royal thrones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) LUK 22 30 us1j translate-symaction καθῆσθε ἐπὶ θρόνων 1 sit on thrones Rulers have **thrones** that symbolize their authority. These special seats are signs of status and power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in some way in your translation. Alternate translation: “sit on royal thrones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
LUK 22 30 m530 figs-metonymy τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς…τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the 12 tribes of Israel Here Jesus uses the term **tribes** to refer to the people who belong to those **tribes**. Alternate translation: “the people of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LUK 22 30 m530 figs-metonymy τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς…τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the 12 tribes of Israel Here Jesus uses the term **tribes** to refer to the people who belong to those **tribes**. Alternate translation: “the people of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 22 31 t8qd Σίμων, Σίμων 1 Simon, Simon Jesus says the name of this disciple twice to show him that what he is about to say to him is very important. Your language may have a way of addressing someone to show this same thing. Alternate translation: “Now Simon” LUK 22 31 t8qd Σίμων, Σίμων 1 Simon, Simon Jesus says the name of this disciple twice to show him that what he is about to say to him is very important. Your language may have a way of addressing someone to show this same thing. Alternate translation: “Now Simon”
LUK 22 31 m531 translate-names Σίμων 1 Simon **Simon** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [4:38](../04/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 22 31 m532 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Jesus uses the term **behold** to get Simon to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 22 31 m532 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Jesus uses the term **behold** to get Simon to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 22 31 m533 translate-names ὁ Σατανᾶς 1 Satan **Satan** is the name of the devil. See how you translated this title in [10:18](../10/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 22 31 m534 ἐξῃτήσατο 1 has asked Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “has asked God for permission” LUK 22 31 m534 ἐξῃτήσατο 1 has asked Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “has asked God for permission”
LUK 22 31 m535 translate-unknown ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον 1 to sift you as wheat To **sift wheat** means to put it in a sieve, which is a container with a mesh bottom, and shake it back and forth so that the grain stays in the sieve and the husk or chaff falls out. If your readers would not be familiar with **wheat**, you could use the name of a grain that they would recognize, or use a general expression. Alternate translation: “to shake you as if he were separating grain from its husks in a sieve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) LUK 22 31 m535 translate-unknown ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον 1 to sift you as wheat To **sift wheat** means to put it in a sieve, which is a container with a mesh bottom, and shake it back and forth so that the grain stays in the sieve and the husk or chaff falls out. If your readers would not be familiar with **wheat**, you could use the name of a grain that they would recognize, or use a general expression. Alternate translation: “to shake you as if he were separating grain from its husks in a sieve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 22 31 qyy7 figs-simile ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον 1 has asked to sift you as wheat Jesus is using this comparison to say that Satan wants to put the disciples through difficult experiences in order to show that many of them are not unconditionally loyal to Jesus. You could use this same comparison in your translation, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “to shake you as if he were separating grain from its husks in a sieve” or “to test you to show that many of you will not stay loyal to me when threatened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) LUK 22 31 qyy7 figs-simile ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον 1 has asked to sift you as wheat Jesus is using this comparison to say that Satan wants to put the disciples through difficult experiences in order to show that many of them are not unconditionally loyal to Jesus. You could use this same comparison in your translation, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “to shake you as if he were separating grain from its husks in a sieve” or “to test you to show that many of you will not stay loyal to me when threatened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@ -3965,7 +3907,6 @@ LUK 22 46 m563 figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρ
LUK 22 47 m564 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the readers attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 22 47 m564 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the readers attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 22 47 kt25 writing-participants ὄχλος 1 a crowd Luke is introducing new characters into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a crowd that arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) LUK 22 47 kt25 writing-participants ὄχλος 1 a crowd Luke is introducing new characters into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a crowd that arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 22 47 m565 figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰούδας 1 the one called Judas If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the man whose name was Judas” or “the man that people called Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 22 47 m565 figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰούδας 1 the one called Judas If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the man whose name was Judas” or “the man that people called Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 22 47 m56x translate-names Ἰούδας 1 Judas **Judas** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [22:3](../22/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 22 47 m567 figs-nominaladj εἷς τῶν δώδεκα 1 one of the Twelve See how you translated this phrase in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 men Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) LUK 22 47 m567 figs-nominaladj εἷς τῶν δώδεκα 1 one of the Twelve See how you translated this phrase in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 men Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 22 47 m568 translate-names τῶν δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate **Twelve** as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) LUK 22 47 m568 translate-names τῶν δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate **Twelve** as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 22 47 mva7 figs-explicit προήρχετο αὐτούς 1 was leading them Judas was showing the people where Jesus was. He was not the person in charge of the whole group. Alternate translation: “leading them to where Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 22 47 mva7 figs-explicit προήρχετο αὐτούς 1 was leading them Judas was showing the people where Jesus was. He was not the person in charge of the whole group. Alternate translation: “leading them to where Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -4062,7 +4003,6 @@ LUK 23 1 pi3d grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word *
LUK 23 1 sgf1 figs-hyperbole ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν 1 the whole multitude of them The word **whole** is a generalization. Luke says in [23:51](../23/51.md) that at least one member of the Sanhedrin did not agree that Jesus was guilty of blasphemy and should be punished. Alternate translation: “the many members of the ruling council who wanted to condemn Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) LUK 23 1 sgf1 figs-hyperbole ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν 1 the whole multitude of them The word **whole** is a generalization. Luke says in [23:51](../23/51.md) that at least one member of the Sanhedrin did not agree that Jesus was guilty of blasphemy and should be punished. Alternate translation: “the many members of the ruling council who wanted to condemn Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
LUK 23 1 mvn9 figs-metonymy ἀναστὰν 1 rose up This means literally that they “stood up” or “stood to their feet,” but by extension it means that they adjourned the meeting and left the meeting place. Alternate translation: “ended the meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LUK 23 1 mvn9 figs-metonymy ἀναστὰν 1 rose up This means literally that they “stood up” or “stood to their feet,” but by extension it means that they adjourned the meeting and left the meeting place. Alternate translation: “ended the meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 23 1 k4aa figs-explicit ἐπὶ τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 to Pilate The implication is that the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to Pilate because they wanted Pilate to judge him. Alternate translation: “to Pilate so that Pilate would judge him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 23 1 k4aa figs-explicit ἐπὶ τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 to Pilate The implication is that the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to Pilate because they wanted Pilate to judge him. Alternate translation: “to Pilate so that Pilate would judge him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 23 1 m598 translate-names Πειλᾶτον 1 Pilate **Pilate** is the name of the man who was the Roman ruler of Judea in this time. See how you translated his name in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 23 2 m599 figs-explicit κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ 1 to accuse him The chief priests and scribes accused Jesus of doing wrong things because they wanted Pilate to kill Jesus. But they were accusing him falsely, because Jesus had never done what they accused him of doing. For example, in [20:25](../20/25.md), Jesus had specifically said that the Jews could pay taxes to the Roman government. To make sure that your readers are not confused, you could state explicitly that these accusations were false. Alternate translation: “to accuse him falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 23 2 m599 figs-explicit κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ 1 to accuse him The chief priests and scribes accused Jesus of doing wrong things because they wanted Pilate to kill Jesus. But they were accusing him falsely, because Jesus had never done what they accused him of doing. For example, in [20:25](../20/25.md), Jesus had specifically said that the Jews could pay taxes to the Roman government. To make sure that your readers are not confused, you could state explicitly that these accusations were false. Alternate translation: “to accuse him falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 23 2 mtc8 figs-exclusive εὕρομεν…τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν 1 we found … our nation The terms **We** and **our** refer only the members of the Jewish ruling council who are speaking, not to Pilate or any of the other people nearby. So in your translation, use the exclusive forms of these words, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) LUK 23 2 mtc8 figs-exclusive εὕρομεν…τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν 1 we found … our nation The terms **We** and **our** refer only the members of the Jewish ruling council who are speaking, not to Pilate or any of the other people nearby. So in your translation, use the exclusive forms of these words, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
LUK 23 2 im4v figs-metaphor διαστρέφοντα τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν 1 misleading our nation The Jewish leaders speak of Jesus as if he were a guide who was leading someone in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “encouraging our people to do things that are wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 23 2 im4v figs-metaphor διαστρέφοντα τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν 1 misleading our nation The Jewish leaders speak of Jesus as if he were a guide who was leading someone in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “encouraging our people to do things that are wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -4115,7 +4055,6 @@ LUK 23 18 v7pf writing-pronouns ἀνέκραγον…πανπληθεὶ 1 they
LUK 23 18 ib9q figs-imperative αἶρε τοῦτον 1 Take away this one This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to execute this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) LUK 23 18 ib9q figs-imperative αἶρε τοῦτον 1 Take away this one This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to execute this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
LUK 23 18 m612 figs-imperative ἀπόλυσον δὲ ἡμῖν τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 but release to us Barabbas This is another imperative, and since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this either, you could also translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “and we want you to set Barabbas free instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) LUK 23 18 m612 figs-imperative ἀπόλυσον δὲ ἡμῖν τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 but release to us Barabbas This is another imperative, and since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this either, you could also translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “and we want you to set Barabbas free instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
LUK 23 18 i6pj figs-exclusive ἀπόλυσον…ἡμῖν 1 release to us When the people in the crowd say **us**, they are referring to themselves only, not to Pilate and his soldiers as well. So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us,** you would use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) LUK 23 18 i6pj figs-exclusive ἀπόλυσον…ἡμῖν 1 release to us When the people in the crowd say **us**, they are referring to themselves only, not to Pilate and his soldiers as well. So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us,** you would use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
LUK 23 18 m613 translate-names Βαραββᾶν 1 Barabbas **Barabbas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 23 19 vd6b writing-background ὅστις ἦν διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ φόνον, βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ 1 He had been put in prison for a certain rebellion that happened in the city, and for murder Luke provides this background information to explain to his readers who Barabbas was. Alternate translation: “Now Barabbas was a man whom the Romans had put in prison because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem and he had killed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) LUK 23 19 vd6b writing-background ὅστις ἦν διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ φόνον, βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ 1 He had been put in prison for a certain rebellion that happened in the city, and for murder Luke provides this background information to explain to his readers who Barabbas was. Alternate translation: “Now Barabbas was a man whom the Romans had put in prison because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem and he had killed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
LUK 23 19 qdv7 figs-activepassive ὅστις ἦν…βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ 1 He had been put in prison If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “The Romans had put him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 23 19 qdv7 figs-activepassive ὅστις ἦν…βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ 1 He had been put in prison If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “The Romans had put him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 23 19 zl1f figs-explicit διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει 1 for a certain rebellion that happened in the city If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that Barabbas led this rebellion against the Roman government. Alternate translation: “because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 23 19 zl1f figs-explicit διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει 1 for a certain rebellion that happened in the city If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that Barabbas led this rebellion against the Roman government. Alternate translation: “because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -4140,7 +4079,6 @@ LUK 23 26 s9kc ὡς ἀπήγαγον αὐτόν 1 as they led him away Alter
LUK 23 26 ysu3 figs-explicit ἐπιλαβόμενοι Σίμωνά…ἐπέθηκαν 1 seizing Simon … they put Luke assumes that his readers will know that Roman soldiers had the authority to compel people to carry their loads. Be sure that your translation does not suggest that the soldiers arrested Simon or that he had done anything wrong. Alternate translation: “making use of their authority, they conscripted Simon … and put” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 23 26 ysu3 figs-explicit ἐπιλαβόμενοι Σίμωνά…ἐπέθηκαν 1 seizing Simon … they put Luke assumes that his readers will know that Roman soldiers had the authority to compel people to carry their loads. Be sure that your translation does not suggest that the soldiers arrested Simon or that he had done anything wrong. Alternate translation: “making use of their authority, they conscripted Simon … and put” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 23 26 m618 writing-background Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ 1 Simon, a certain Cyrenean coming from the country If it would be helpful to your readers, you could treat this information about this man, where he was from, and what he was doing as background information and put it first in the verse, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) LUK 23 26 m618 writing-background Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ 1 Simon, a certain Cyrenean coming from the country If it would be helpful to your readers, you could treat this information about this man, where he was from, and what he was doing as background information and put it first in the verse, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
LUK 23 26 m619 writing-participants Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον 1 Simon, a certain Cyrenean Luke uses this phrase to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who was from the city of Cyrene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) LUK 23 26 m619 writing-participants Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον 1 Simon, a certain Cyrenean Luke uses this phrase to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who was from the city of Cyrene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 23 26 x5qz translate-names Σίμωνά 1 Simon **Simon** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [4:38](../04/38.md). (It is the same name there, even though it is the name of a different person.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 23 26 m620 translate-names Κυρηναῖον 1 Cyrenean The term **Cyrenean** is a name that refers to a person who is from the city of Cyrene. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) LUK 23 26 m620 translate-names Κυρηναῖον 1 Cyrenean The term **Cyrenean** is a name that refers to a person who is from the city of Cyrene. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 23 26 i5ua ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ 1 coming from the country Alternate translation: “who was coming into Jerusalem from the countryside” LUK 23 26 i5ua ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ 1 coming from the country Alternate translation: “who was coming into Jerusalem from the countryside”
LUK 23 26 fub3 ἐπέθηκαν αὐτῷ τὸν σταυρὸν 1 they put the cross on him Alternate translation: “the soldiers put the cross on his shoulders” LUK 23 26 fub3 ἐπέθηκαν αὐτῷ τὸν σταυρὸν 1 they put the cross on him Alternate translation: “the soldiers put the cross on his shoulders”
@ -4323,7 +4261,6 @@ LUK 24 9 iz68 figs-nominaladj τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 the Eleven This expressi
LUK 24 9 m696 translate-names τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 the Eleven Alternatively, you may have decided in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate “the Twelve” as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing with **the Eleven** here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) LUK 24 9 m696 translate-names τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 the Eleven Alternatively, you may have decided in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate “the Twelve” as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing with **the Eleven** here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 24 9 fnh6 figs-explicit καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς λοιποῖς 1 and to all the rest Implicitly this means all the other disciples of Jesus who were together with the 11 apostles at that time. Alternate translation: “and to all the rest of the disciples who were with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 24 9 fnh6 figs-explicit καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς λοιποῖς 1 and to all the rest Implicitly this means all the other disciples of Jesus who were together with the 11 apostles at that time. Alternate translation: “and to all the rest of the disciples who were with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 24 10 h1ml writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce some background information, specifically, the names of some of the women who came from the tomb and told the apostles what had happened there. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) LUK 24 10 h1ml writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce some background information, specifically, the names of some of the women who came from the tomb and told the apostles what had happened there. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
LUK 24 10 m697 translate-names Μαγδαληνὴ Μαρία 1 Mary Magdalene **Mary** is the name of a woman, and **Magdalene** is a distinguishing term that most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. See how you translated her name in [8:2](../08/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 24 10 m698 translate-names Ἰωάννα 1 Joanna **Joanna** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) LUK 24 10 m698 translate-names Ἰωάννα 1 Joanna **Joanna** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 24 10 m699 translate-names Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου 1 Mary the mother of James **Mary** is the name of a woman, and **James** is the name of her son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) LUK 24 10 m699 translate-names Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου 1 Mary the mother of James **Mary** is the name of a woman, and **James** is the name of her son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 24 11 m700 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between the exciting good news that the women were sharing and the disbelieving reaction of the people they shared it with. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) LUK 24 11 m700 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between the exciting good news that the women were sharing and the disbelieving reaction of the people they shared it with. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@ -4487,7 +4424,6 @@ LUK 24 49 m784 figs-imperative ὑμεῖς δὲ καθίσατε 1 But you sta
LUK 24 49 m785 figs-explicit ἐν τῇ πόλει 1 in the city This implicitly means Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 24 49 m785 figs-explicit ἐν τῇ πόλει 1 in the city This implicitly means Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 24 49 c4iv figs-metaphor ἕως οὗ ἐνδύσησθε…δύναμιν 1 until you put on power Jesus speaks of this **power** as if it were clothing that the disciples would **put on**. Alternate translation: “until you receive power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 24 49 c4iv figs-metaphor ἕως οὗ ἐνδύσησθε…δύναμιν 1 until you put on power Jesus speaks of this **power** as if it were clothing that the disciples would **put on**. Alternate translation: “until you receive power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 24 49 l46b figs-metonymy ἐξ ὕψους 1 from heaven Jesus uses the term **heaven** to refer to God by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LUK 24 49 l46b figs-metonymy ἐξ ὕψους 1 from heaven Jesus uses the term **heaven** to refer to God by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 24 50 bd6p translate-names ἕως πρὸς Βηθανίαν 1 as far as towards Bethany **Bethany** is the name of a village outside Jerusalem. See how you translated this phrase in [19:29](../19/29.md). Alternate translation: “to a place near the village of Bethany” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 24 50 cm9a translate-symaction ἐπάρας τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ 1 lifting up his hands This was something that Jewish priests did when they blessed people. Alternate translation: “lifting up his hands in spiritual authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) LUK 24 50 cm9a translate-symaction ἐπάρας τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ 1 lifting up his hands This was something that Jewish priests did when they blessed people. Alternate translation: “lifting up his hands in spiritual authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
LUK 24 51 dzr3 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) LUK 24 51 dzr3 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 24 51 clx9 figs-activepassive ἀνεφέρετο εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 he was carried up into heaven Since Luke does not specify who carried Jesus up to heaven, we do not know whether God himself did this or one or more angels did it. If your language would have to specify who did the carrying, it may be better to say “went” instead, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 24 51 clx9 figs-activepassive ἀνεφέρετο εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 he was carried up into heaven Since Luke does not specify who carried Jesus up to heaven, we do not know whether God himself did this or one or more angels did it. If your language would have to specify who did the carrying, it may be better to say “went” instead, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

View File

@ -80,7 +80,6 @@ JHN 1 16 avst χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος 1 Here, **after** could mea
JHN 1 17 iata grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη, ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐγένετο 1 John placed the two sentences in this verse next to each other without any connecting word in order to show a contrast between the law of Moses and the grace and truth of Jesus. This does not mean that the law of Moses did not have grace and truth. Rather, John is indicating that the grace and truth revealed by Jesus is more complete than that revealed in the law of Moses. Although God revealed himself and his will through the law of Moses, he did so much more clearly though Jesus, who is God in human form. Alternate translation: “the law was given through Moses. In contrast, grace and truth came about through Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) JHN 1 17 iata grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη, ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐγένετο 1 John placed the two sentences in this verse next to each other without any connecting word in order to show a contrast between the law of Moses and the grace and truth of Jesus. This does not mean that the law of Moses did not have grace and truth. Rather, John is indicating that the grace and truth revealed by Jesus is more complete than that revealed in the law of Moses. Although God revealed himself and his will through the law of Moses, he did so much more clearly though Jesus, who is God in human form. Alternate translation: “the law was given through Moses. In contrast, grace and truth came about through Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
JHN 1 17 xsbj figs-activepassive ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God gave the law through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 1 17 xsbj figs-activepassive ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God gave the law through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 1 17 kup2 grammar-collectivenouns ὁ νόμος…ἐδόθη 1 The word **law** is a singular noun that refers to the many laws and instructions that God gave to the Israelites. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the group of laws was given” or “Gods laws were given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) JHN 1 17 kup2 grammar-collectivenouns ὁ νόμος…ἐδόθη 1 The word **law** is a singular noun that refers to the many laws and instructions that God gave to the Israelites. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the group of laws was given” or “Gods laws were given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
JHN 1 17 wios translate-names Μωϋσέως 1 **Moses** is the name of a man, a prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 1 17 vm1h figs-abstractnouns ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “Gods gracious and faithful character” or “Kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JHN 1 17 vm1h figs-abstractnouns ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “Gods gracious and faithful character” or “Kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 1 18 vf9q μονογενὴς Θεὸς 1 Here and throughout Johns Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten God” JHN 1 18 vf9q μονογενὴς Θεὸς 1 Here and throughout Johns Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten God”
JHN 1 18 r1la μονογενὴς Θεὸς 1 Here, **God** indicates that Jesus, who is called **the One and Only**, is God. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the One and Only, who is God” JHN 1 18 r1la μονογενὴς Θεὸς 1 Here, **God** indicates that Jesus, who is called **the One and Only**, is God. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the One and Only, who is God”
@ -112,7 +111,6 @@ JHN 1 24 uq5b figs-explicit ἀπεσταλμένοι 1 Here, **the ones** refe
JHN 1 24 guqm figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Jewish leaders sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 1 24 guqm figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Jewish leaders sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 1 24 f4xj figs-explicit ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) the priests and Levites who had been sent. Alternate translation: “belonged to the Pharisees” (2) the leaders in Jerusalem who sent the priests and Levites. Alternate translation: “were sent from the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 1 24 f4xj figs-explicit ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) the priests and Levites who had been sent. Alternate translation: “belonged to the Pharisees” (2) the leaders in Jerusalem who sent the priests and Levites. Alternate translation: “were sent from the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 1 25 s00c writing-pronouns ἠρώτησαν 1 Here, **they** refers to the priests and Levites who had been sent from Jerusalem, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites from Jerusalem asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) JHN 1 25 s00c writing-pronouns ἠρώτησαν 1 Here, **they** refers to the priests and Levites who had been sent from Jerusalem, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites from Jerusalem asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 1 25 v5sn translate-names Ἠλείας 1 **Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 1 25 u7is figs-explicit ὁ προφήτης 1 Here, **the Prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on Gods promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 1 25 u7is figs-explicit ὁ προφήτης 1 Here, **the Prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on Gods promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 1 26 la26 figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 1 26 la26 figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 1 26 aupp writing-quotations ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰωάννης λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John answered them, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) JHN 1 26 aupp writing-quotations ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰωάννης λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John answered them, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
@ -120,8 +118,6 @@ JHN 1 27 x2ki figs-explicit ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 who com
JHN 1 27 y7v5 figs-metaphor μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος 1 me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. John the Baptist uses this expression figurative to refer to the most unpleasant work of a servant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” or “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 1 27 y7v5 figs-metaphor μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος 1 me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. John the Baptist uses this expression figurative to refer to the most unpleasant work of a servant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” or “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 1 28 r4ty writing-background 0 General Information: This verse provides background information about the setting of the story that is recorded in [1:1927](../01/19.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 1 28 r4ty writing-background 0 General Information: This verse provides background information about the setting of the story that is recorded in [1:1927](../01/19.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 1 28 u0iq figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to the events that were described in [1:1927](../01/19.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This conversation between John and the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 1 28 u0iq figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to the events that were described in [1:1927](../01/19.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This conversation between John and the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 1 28 civp translate-names Βηθανίᾳ 1 **Bethany** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 1 28 tfxy translate-names τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 **Jordan** is the name of a river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 1 28 f5he translate-names πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Here, **beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the Jordan River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JHN 1 28 f5he translate-names πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Here, **beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the Jordan River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 1 28 ryi1 figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 1 28 ryi1 figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 1 29 bt67 grammar-connect-time-sequential τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 **The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:1928](../01/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) JHN 1 29 bt67 grammar-connect-time-sequential τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 **The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:1928](../01/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
@ -162,11 +158,9 @@ JHN 1 39 ydqg figs-explicit τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην 1 Here, **tha
JHN 1 39 tb9j ὥρα…δεκάτη 1 tenth hour In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six oclock in the morning. Here, **the tenth hour** indicates a time in the late afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “about 4:00 PM” JHN 1 39 tb9j ὥρα…δεκάτη 1 tenth hour In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six oclock in the morning. Here, **the tenth hour** indicates a time in the late afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “about 4:00 PM”
JHN 1 40 x8g8 0 General Information: Verses [4042] give background information about Andrew and how he brought his brother Peter to Jesus. JHN 1 40 x8g8 0 General Information: Verses [4042] give background information about Andrew and how he brought his brother Peter to Jesus.
JHN 1 40 f6b9 figs-explicit Ἰωάννου 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 1 40 f6b9 figs-explicit Ἰωάννου 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 1 40 q0bp translate-names Ἀνδρέας…Σίμωνος Πέτρου 1 **Andrew** and **Simon Peter** are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 1 40 jmyp Σίμωνος Πέτρου 1 **Simon** was also called **Peter** by Jesus, as recorded in verse [42](../01/42.md). Alternate translation: “Simon, who is also called Peter” JHN 1 40 jmyp Σίμωνος Πέτρου 1 **Simon** was also called **Peter** by Jesus, as recorded in verse [42](../01/42.md). Alternate translation: “Simon, who is also called Peter”
JHN 1 41 xpi4 writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 **This one** here refers to Andrew, who was mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) JHN 1 41 xpi4 writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 **This one** here refers to Andrew, who was mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 1 41 vfsj figs-pastforfuture εὑρίσκει…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 1 41 vfsj figs-pastforfuture εὑρίσκει…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 1 41 roca translate-names Σίμωνα 1 **Simon** is the name of a man, Andrews brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 1 41 rxox figs-activepassive ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 1 41 rxox figs-activepassive ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 1 41 ek1a figs-explicit ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός 1 John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the title “Messiah” means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is Christ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 1 41 ek1a figs-explicit ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός 1 John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the title “Messiah” means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is Christ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 1 42 xwc7 writing-pronouns ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν 1 **He** here refers to Andrew and **him** refers to Simon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew brought Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) JHN 1 42 xwc7 writing-pronouns ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν 1 **He** here refers to Andrew and **him** refers to Simon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew brought Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -177,15 +171,12 @@ JHN 1 42 pv4e figs-explicit Κηφᾶς 1 **Cephas** is a word in the Aramaic l
JHN 1 42 t3n5 figs-activepassive ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 1 42 t3n5 figs-activepassive ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 1 42 esly figs-explicit ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος 1 John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name Cephas means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is Peter in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 1 42 esly figs-explicit ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος 1 John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name Cephas means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is Peter in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 1 43 cmi8 grammar-connect-time-sequential τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 **The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in the previous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after Andrew brought Simon to Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) JHN 1 43 cmi8 grammar-connect-time-sequential τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 **The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in the previous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after Andrew brought Simon to Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
JHN 1 43 bhl6 translate-names τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 **Galilee** is the name of a region. It occurs many times in this book. Alternate translation: “the region of Galilee” or “the region around Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 1 43 qzfk figs-pastforfuture καὶ εὑρίσκει Φίλιππον, καὶ λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 1 43 qzfk figs-pastforfuture καὶ εὑρίσκει Φίλιππον, καὶ λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 1 43 uvby translate-names Φίλιππον 1 **Philip** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 1 43 ejkg figs-idiom ἀκολούθει μοι 1 In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that persons disciple. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JHN 1 43 ejkg figs-idiom ἀκολούθει μοι 1 In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that persons disciple. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 1 44 i5bm writing-background 0 This verse provides background information about **Philip**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 1 44 i5bm writing-background 0 This verse provides background information about **Philip**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 1 45 m8j1 translate-names Φίλιππος…Ναθαναὴλ…Μωϋσῆς…Ἰησοῦν…Ἰωσὴφ 1 These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JHN 1 45 m8j1 translate-names Φίλιππος…Ναθαναὴλ…Μωϋσῆς…Ἰησοῦν…Ἰωσὴφ 1 These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 1 45 faz3 figs-pastforfuture εὑρίσκει Φίλιππος τὸν Ναθαναὴλ, καὶ λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 1 45 faz3 figs-pastforfuture εὑρίσκει Φίλιππος τὸν Ναθαναὴλ, καὶ λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 1 45 ci52 figs-ellipsis οἱ προφῆται 1 Here, John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) JHN 1 45 ci52 figs-ellipsis οἱ προφῆται 1 Here, John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 1 45 r31z translate-names Ναζαρέτ 1 **Nazareth** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 1 46 s2kg writing-pronouns εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ 1 Nathaniel said to him Here, **him** refers to Philip. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Nathaniel said to Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) JHN 1 46 s2kg writing-pronouns εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ 1 Nathaniel said to him Here, **him** refers to Philip. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Nathaniel said to Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 1 46 i4wp figs-rquestion ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι? 1 Can any good thing come out of Nazareth? Nathaniel is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No good thing can come out of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 1 46 i4wp figs-rquestion ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι? 1 Can any good thing come out of Nazareth? Nathaniel is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No good thing can come out of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 1 46 shpn figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 1 46 shpn figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@ -209,7 +200,6 @@ JHN 1 51 z4a7 figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The
JHN 2 intro jav2 0 # John 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus first sign: he turns water into wine (2:112)\n2. Jesus causes controversy in the Temple (2:1322)\n3. Jesus ministry in Jerusalem at Passover (2:2325)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Wine\n\nThe Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.\n\n### Driving out the money changers\n\nJesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Fathers temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.\n\n### “He knew what was in man”\n\nJesus knew what other people were thinking only because he is the Son of Man and the Son of God. Because he is the Son of God, he has supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “His disciples remembered”\n\nJohn used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. The Jewish authorities spoke to Jesus right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([2:16](../02/16.md)). Jesus disciples remembered what the prophet had written long ago and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body after Jesus became alive again ([2:17](../02/17.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md)). JHN 2 intro jav2 0 # John 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus first sign: he turns water into wine (2:112)\n2. Jesus causes controversy in the Temple (2:1322)\n3. Jesus ministry in Jerusalem at Passover (2:2325)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Wine\n\nThe Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.\n\n### Driving out the money changers\n\nJesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Fathers temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.\n\n### “He knew what was in man”\n\nJesus knew what other people were thinking only because he is the Son of Man and the Son of God. Because he is the Son of God, he has supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “His disciples remembered”\n\nJohn used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. The Jewish authorities spoke to Jesus right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([2:16](../02/16.md)). Jesus disciples remembered what the prophet had written long ago and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body after Jesus became alive again ([2:17](../02/17.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md)).
JHN 2 1 rl16 writing-background 0 Jesus and his disciples were invited to a wedding. This verse gives background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 2 1 rl16 writing-background 0 Jesus and his disciples were invited to a wedding. This verse gives background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 2 1 vw9e writing-newevent τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ 1 Three days later This phrase introduces a new event. The **third day** could refer to: (1) the third day from when Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). According to the Jewish way of counting days, the first day would have been the day in [1:43](../01/43.md), making **the third day** occur two days afterward. Alternate translation: “two days after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (2) the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). In this case, the first day would have occurred in [1:35](../01/35.md) and the second day in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “on the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) JHN 2 1 vw9e writing-newevent τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ 1 Three days later This phrase introduces a new event. The **third day** could refer to: (1) the third day from when Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). According to the Jewish way of counting days, the first day would have been the day in [1:43](../01/43.md), making **the third day** occur two days afterward. Alternate translation: “two days after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (2) the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). In this case, the first day would have occurred in [1:35](../01/35.md) and the second day in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “on the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN 2 1 po3t translate-names Κανὰ 1 **Cana** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 2 2 xm3r figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη…καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον 1 Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they also invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 2 2 xm3r figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη…καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον 1 Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they also invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 2 3 kt44 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 2 3 kt44 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 2 3 spbw figs-declarative οἶνον οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 Jesus mother is using a declarative statement to give an indirect request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “They ran out of wine. Could you do something to solve this problem?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) JHN 2 3 spbw figs-declarative οἶνον οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 Jesus mother is using a declarative statement to give an indirect request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “They ran out of wine. Could you do something to solve this problem?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
@ -234,12 +224,10 @@ JHN 2 10 vu60 figs-gendernotations πᾶς ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the ter
JHN 2 10 mh3s figs-explicit καὶ ὅταν μεθυσθῶσιν τὸν ἐλάσσω 1 drunk This means that guests were given the cheaper wine, which is of lower quality and inferior flavor, after their senses had been dulled by drinking too much alcohol and were thus unable to tell that it was inferior wine. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the cheaper wine when they have become drunk and unable to discern the quality of the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 2 10 mh3s figs-explicit καὶ ὅταν μεθυσθῶσιν τὸν ἐλάσσω 1 drunk This means that guests were given the cheaper wine, which is of lower quality and inferior flavor, after their senses had been dulled by drinking too much alcohol and were thus unable to tell that it was inferior wine. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the cheaper wine when they have become drunk and unable to discern the quality of the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 2 11 sq53 writing-background 0 In this verse John provides background information about the events described in [2:110](../02/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 2 11 sq53 writing-background 0 In this verse John provides background information about the events described in [2:110](../02/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 2 11 ear7 figs-explicit ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων 1 John wrote much about the miraculous **signs** Jesus did. Turning water into wine at the wedding is the first of those **signs**. See the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 2 11 ear7 figs-explicit ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων 1 John wrote much about the miraculous **signs** Jesus did. Turning water into wine at the wedding is the first of those **signs**. See the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 2 11 r5kb translate-names Κανὰ 1 Cana See how you translated **Cana** in [verse 1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 2 11 z3tk figs-abstractnouns ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 revealed his glory Here, **glory** refers to the mighty power of Jesus that enabled him to do miracles. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “revealed his glorious power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JHN 2 11 z3tk figs-abstractnouns ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 revealed his glory Here, **glory** refers to the mighty power of Jesus that enabled him to do miracles. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “revealed his glorious power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 2 12 gw2f writing-newevent μετὰ τοῦτο 1 **After this** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) JHN 2 12 gw2f writing-newevent μετὰ τοῦτο 1 **After this** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN 2 12 mmkj figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the what took place in Cana that was described in [2:111](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After Jesus first sign in Cana” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 2 12 mmkj figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the what took place in Cana that was described in [2:111](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After Jesus first sign in Cana” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 2 12 h9tu κατέβη 1 went down This indicates that they went from a higher place to a lower place. Capernaum is at a lower elevation than Cana. JHN 2 12 h9tu κατέβη 1 went down This indicates that they went from a higher place to a lower place. Capernaum is at a lower elevation than Cana.
JHN 2 12 x3f7 translate-names Καφαρναοὺμ 1 his brothers **Capernaum** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 2 13 xr29 ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem This indicates that Jesus went from a lower place to a higher place. Jerusalem is built on a hill. JHN 2 13 xr29 ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem This indicates that Jesus went from a lower place to a higher place. Jerusalem is built on a hill.
JHN 2 14 sa75 figs-explicit τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς 1 sellers of oxen and sheep and pigeons These animals were used for sacrifices in the temple. People were buying animals in the temple courtyard in order to sacrifice them to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those selling oxen and sheep and pigeons for people to sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 2 14 sa75 figs-explicit τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς 1 sellers of oxen and sheep and pigeons These animals were used for sacrifices in the temple. People were buying animals in the temple courtyard in order to sacrifice them to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those selling oxen and sheep and pigeons for people to sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 2 14 qu9k figs-explicit κερματιστὰς 1 money changers Jewish authorities required people who wanted to buy animals for sacrifices in the temple to exchange their money for special money from the **money changers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who exchanged money for special money approved for temple use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 2 14 qu9k figs-explicit κερματιστὰς 1 money changers Jewish authorities required people who wanted to buy animals for sacrifices in the temple to exchange their money for special money from the **money changers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who exchanged money for special money approved for temple use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -426,8 +414,6 @@ JHN 4 1 b1vc figs-infostructure ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτ
JHN 4 1 h6ek writing-newevent ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Now when Jesus knew **Then** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, when Jesus knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) JHN 4 1 h6ek writing-newevent ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Now when Jesus knew **Then** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, when Jesus knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN 4 2 d4ng figs-rpronouns Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν 1 Jesus himself was not baptizing Here, **himself** is used to emphasize that Jesus was not baptizing disciples, but his disciples were doing the baptizing. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) JHN 4 2 d4ng figs-rpronouns Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν 1 Jesus himself was not baptizing Here, **himself** is used to emphasize that Jesus was not baptizing disciples, but his disciples were doing the baptizing. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
JHN 4 2 qz7h figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but his disciples were baptizing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) JHN 4 2 qz7h figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but his disciples were baptizing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 4 3 dm2t translate-names τὴν Ἰουδαίαν…τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 he left Judea and went back again to Galilee **Judea** and **Galilee** are two main regions in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 4 4 tds9 translate-names τῆς Σαμαρείας 1 **Samaria** is a region in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 4 5 ukxr grammar-connect-time-sequential ἔρχεται οὖν 1 **Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in [verse 3](../04/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After leaving Judea, he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) JHN 4 5 ukxr grammar-connect-time-sequential ἔρχεται οὖν 1 **Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in [verse 3](../04/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After leaving Judea, he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
JHN 4 5 ff7t figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 4 5 ff7t figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 4 5 vqjm translate-names Συχὰρ 1 **Sychar** is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JHN 4 5 vqjm translate-names Συχὰρ 1 **Sychar** is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -543,12 +529,8 @@ JHN 4 45 lm4g grammar-connect-logic-result πάντα ἑωρακότες 1 Thi
JHN 4 45 r65x figs-hyperbole πάντα ἑωρακότες 1 Here, **all** is an exaggeration that refers to the Galileans having seen many of Jesus miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having seen many of the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) JHN 4 45 r65x figs-hyperbole πάντα ἑωρακότες 1 Here, **all** is an exaggeration that refers to the Galileans having seen many of Jesus miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having seen many of the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN 4 45 v9la figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ…εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 at the festival Here, **the festival** refers the Passover festival, as indicated in [2:1225](../02/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival … to the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 4 45 v9la figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ…εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 at the festival Here, **the festival** refers the Passover festival, as indicated in [2:1225](../02/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival … to the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 4 46 ffm3 grammar-connect-time-sequential οὖν 1 Now **Then** indicates that the events which the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus entered Galilee and the Galileans welcomed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) JHN 4 46 ffm3 grammar-connect-time-sequential οὖν 1 Now **Then** indicates that the events which the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus entered Galilee and the Galileans welcomed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
JHN 4 46 w3dy translate-names τὴν Κανὰ 1 See how you translated **Cana** in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 4 46 vp1m translate-names Καφαρναούμ 1 See how you translated **Capernaum** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 4 46 bp3w writing-participants καὶ ἦν τις βασιλικὸς 1 royal official This phrase introduces a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression **royal official** identifies this man as someone who was in the service of the king. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a government official who served the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) JHN 4 46 bp3w writing-participants καὶ ἦν τις βασιλικὸς 1 royal official This phrase introduces a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression **royal official** identifies this man as someone who was in the service of the king. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a government official who served the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
JHN 4 47 brcf writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 **He** here refers to the royal official. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) JHN 4 47 brcf writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 **He** here refers to the royal official. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 4 47 p2nv translate-names τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 See how you translated **Judea** in [verse 3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 4 47 scql translate-names τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 See how you translated **Galilee** in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 4 47 eqga writing-pronouns ἤμελλεν 1 Here, **he** refers to the royal officials son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the officials son was about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) JHN 4 47 eqga writing-pronouns ἤμελλεν 1 Here, **he** refers to the royal officials son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the officials son was about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 4 48 u73r figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only if you see signs and wonders will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) JHN 4 48 u73r figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only if you see signs and wonders will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN 4 48 hlts figs-you ἴδητε…πιστεύσητε 1 The word **you** is plural in this verse. This means that Jesus was not only speaking to the royal official, but also to the other people who were there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all would see … you all would … believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) JHN 4 48 hlts figs-you ἴδητε…πιστεύσητε 1 The word **you** is plural in this verse. This means that Jesus was not only speaking to the royal official, but also to the other people who were there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all would see … you all would … believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@ -720,13 +702,11 @@ JHN 6 5 thts grammar-connect-time-sequential οὖν 1 **Then** here could mean
JHN 6 5 cxta figs-idiom ἐπάρας…τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:35](../04/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JHN 6 5 cxta figs-idiom ἐπάρας…τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:35](../04/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 6 5 v4hi grammar-collectivenouns πολὺς ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) JHN 6 5 v4hi grammar-collectivenouns πολὺς ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
JHN 6 5 pzhc figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 6 5 pzhc figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 6 5 v0mp translate-names Φίλιππον 1 See how you translated the mans name,**Philip**, in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 6 6 cj58 writing-background τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν 1 But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now he said this at that time to test him, for he himself knew what he was going to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 6 6 cj58 writing-background τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν 1 But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now he said this at that time to test him, for he himself knew what he was going to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 6 6 sr0p grammar-connect-logic-goal πειράζων αὐτόν 1 Here John is stating the purpose for which Jesus asked Philip the question in the previous verse. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he could test Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) JHN 6 6 sr0p grammar-connect-logic-goal πειράζων αὐτόν 1 Here John is stating the purpose for which Jesus asked Philip the question in the previous verse. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he could test Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
JHN 6 6 rrco writing-pronouns αὐτόν 1 Here, **him** refers to Philip. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) JHN 6 6 rrco writing-pronouns αὐτόν 1 Here, **him** refers to Philip. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 6 6 uk6t figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…ᾔδει 1 for he himself knew Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to make clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) JHN 6 6 uk6t figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…ᾔδει 1 for he himself knew Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to make clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
JHN 6 7 z3gj translate-bmoney διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι 1 Two hundred denarii worth of bread The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius.” It was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days wages. Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost 200 days wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) JHN 6 7 z3gj translate-bmoney διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι 1 Two hundred denarii worth of bread The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius.” It was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days wages. Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost 200 days wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
JHN 6 8 gzei translate-names Ἀνδρέας 1 See how you translated the name **Andrew** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 6 8 i0cw translate-names Σίμωνος Πέτρου 1 See how you translated the name **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JHN 6 8 i0cw translate-names Σίμωνος Πέτρου 1 See how you translated the name **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 6 8 diq0 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 6 8 diq0 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 6 9 k3k6 translate-unknown πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους 1 five bread loaves of barley The grain **barley** was a common grain eaten by the poor in Israel because it was cheaper than wheat. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/barley]]) They would bake the barley into **bread loaves**, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of barley bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) JHN 6 9 k3k6 translate-unknown πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους 1 five bread loaves of barley The grain **barley** was a common grain eaten by the poor in Israel because it was cheaper than wheat. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/barley]]) They would bake the barley into **bread loaves**, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of barley bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -752,7 +732,6 @@ JHN 6 15 rfbr γνοὺς ὅτι μέλλουσιν ἔρχεσθαι 1 This
JHN 6 15 hg4f figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς μόνος 1 Here John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to emphasize that Jesus was completely alone. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “completely alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) JHN 6 15 hg4f figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς μόνος 1 Here John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to emphasize that Jesus was completely alone. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “completely alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
JHN 6 16 qb23 0 Connecting Statement: This is the next event in the story. Jesus disciples go out onto the Sea of Galilee in a boat. JHN 6 16 qb23 0 Connecting Statement: This is the next event in the story. Jesus disciples go out onto the Sea of Galilee in a boat.
JHN 6 16 tmzf figs-explicit τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Here and throughout this chapter, **sea** refers to the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as modeled by UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 6 16 tmzf figs-explicit τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Here and throughout this chapter, **sea** refers to the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as modeled by UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 6 17 zu3v translate-names εἰς Καφαρναούμ 1 See how you translated **Capernaum** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 6 17 fkj2 writing-background καὶ σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them In these clauses John provides background information about the situation in order to help readers understand what happens in this story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 6 17 fkj2 writing-background καὶ σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them In these clauses John provides background information about the situation in order to help readers understand what happens in this story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 6 18 q5f7 grammar-connect-logic-result ἥ τε θάλασσα ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος διηγείρετο 1 The first clause about the wind indicates the reason the **sea was being aroused** in the second clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing, the sea was being aroused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) JHN 6 18 q5f7 grammar-connect-logic-result ἥ τε θάλασσα ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος διηγείρετο 1 The first clause about the wind indicates the reason the **sea was being aroused** in the second clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing, the sea was being aroused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 6 18 pms3 figs-metaphor διηγείρετο 1 John uses **aroused** to refer to the wind causing the sea to become turbulent. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was being stirred up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 6 18 pms3 figs-metaphor διηγείρετο 1 John uses **aroused** to refer to the wind causing the sea to become turbulent. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was being stirred up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1176,7 +1155,6 @@ JHN 8 36 w3q1 figs-123person ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθε
JHN 8 36 mapu figs-metaphor ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ 1 Here Jesus uses **frees** to refer to stopping people from being controlled by their sinful desires. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “if the Son frees you from being controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 8 36 mapu figs-metaphor ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ 1 Here Jesus uses **frees** to refer to stopping people from being controlled by their sinful desires. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “if the Son frees you from being controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 8 36 nqcr guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus, **the Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 8 36 nqcr guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus, **the Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 8 36 ak0s figs-metaphor ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε 1 Here Jesus uses **free** to refer to people no longer being controlled by their sinful desires and thus able to avoid sinning. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “you will truly no longer be controlled by sin” or “you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 8 36 ak0s figs-metaphor ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε 1 Here Jesus uses **free** to refer to people no longer being controlled by their sinful desires and thus able to avoid sinning. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “you will truly no longer be controlled by sin” or “you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 8 37 p4xm translate-names Ἀβραάμ 1 **Abraham** is the name of a man, the most important ancestor of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 8 37 orw8 figs-idiom ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 This phrase **has no place in you** is an idiom that means to truly accept or believe something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a similar idiom in your language or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not receive my words in your hearts” or “you reject my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JHN 8 37 orw8 figs-idiom ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 This phrase **has no place in you** is an idiom that means to truly accept or believe something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a similar idiom in your language or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not receive my words in your hearts” or “you reject my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 8 37 ph1q figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς 1 my word Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 8 37 ph1q figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς 1 my word Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 8 38 m62y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ 1 I say what I have seen with my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 8 38 m62y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ 1 I say what I have seen with my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@ -1224,7 +1202,6 @@ JHN 8 51 bgrt figs-metaphor θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ 1 see dea
JHN 8 51 gx7l figs-extrainfo θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 see death Jesus uses **death** to refer to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical **death**. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) JHN 8 51 gx7l figs-extrainfo θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 see death Jesus uses **death** to refer to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical **death**. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
JHN 8 52 e9xz figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JHN 8 52 e9xz figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 8 52 bwhv δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you” or “you must be under the control of a demon” JHN 8 52 bwhv δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you” or “you must be under the control of a demon”
JHN 8 52 dxll translate-names Ἀβραὰμ 1 See how you translated **Abraham** in [verse 37](../08/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 8 52 wzq3 figs-quotesinquotes σὺ λέγεις, ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that if anyone keeps your word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) JHN 8 52 wzq3 figs-quotesinquotes σὺ λέγεις, ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that if anyone keeps your word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
JHN 8 52 zah1 ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ 1 If anyone keeps my word See how you translated this in the previous verse. JHN 8 52 zah1 ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ 1 If anyone keeps my word See how you translated this in the previous verse.
JHN 8 52 a1ls figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ γεύσηται θανάτου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 taste death **The Jews** say here that Jesus used **taste** to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 8 52 a1ls figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ γεύσηται θανάτου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 taste death **The Jews** say here that Jesus used **taste** to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1429,7 +1406,6 @@ JHN 10 22 f9cm writing-background 0 General Information: Some Jews begin to que
JHN 10 22 w25f translate-unknown τὰ ἐνκαίνια 1 Festival of Dedication The **Festival of Dedication** is an eight-day holiday that Jews celebrate in the **winter** to remember when they dedicated the Jewish temple to God after it had been defiled by the Syrians. If your readers would not be familiar with this holiday, you could use a general expression to explain it. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple dedication festival” or “the Jewish festival for remembering the dedication of their temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) JHN 10 22 w25f translate-unknown τὰ ἐνκαίνια 1 Festival of Dedication The **Festival of Dedication** is an eight-day holiday that Jews celebrate in the **winter** to remember when they dedicated the Jewish temple to God after it had been defiled by the Syrians. If your readers would not be familiar with this holiday, you could use a general expression to explain it. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple dedication festival” or “the Jewish festival for remembering the dedication of their temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 10 23 v6wn figs-synecdoche περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Jesus was walking in the temple **Jesus was walking** in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated** temple** in [8:14](../08/14.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JHN 10 23 v6wn figs-synecdoche περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Jesus was walking in the temple **Jesus was walking** in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated** temple** in [8:14](../08/14.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 10 23 henb figs-possession τῇ στοᾷ τοῦ Σολομῶνος 1 porch Here, the possessive form describes **the porch** that was associated with King **Solomon** in some way. It may have been the only remaining part of the temple built during the time of **Solomon**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the porch associated with Solomon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) JHN 10 23 henb figs-possession τῇ στοᾷ τοῦ Σολομῶνος 1 porch Here, the possessive form describes **the porch** that was associated with King **Solomon** in some way. It may have been the only remaining part of the temple built during the time of **Solomon**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the porch associated with Solomon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN 10 23 hw7y translate-names Σολομῶνος 1 porch **Solomon** is the name of a man, the king who oversaw the building of the first Jewish temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 10 23 cs2b translate-unknown στοᾷ 1 porch A **porch** was a structure with a roof; it had at least one wall missing and was attached to the side of a building. See how you translated this word in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) JHN 10 23 cs2b translate-unknown στοᾷ 1 porch A **porch** was a structure with a roof; it had at least one wall missing and was attached to the side of a building. See how you translated this word in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 10 24 m8ja figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews surrounded him Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JHN 10 24 m8ja figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews surrounded him Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 10 24 nk9t figs-idiom τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις 1 hold us doubting Here, **taking away our life** is an idiom that means to keep people in suspense by not telling them something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will you keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JHN 10 24 nk9t figs-idiom τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις 1 hold us doubting Here, **taking away our life** is an idiom that means to keep people in suspense by not telling them something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will you keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -1490,9 +1466,6 @@ JHN 10 41 gd31 writing-pronouns τούτου 1 Here, **this one** refers to Jes
JHN 11 intro tks5 0 # John 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:116)<br>2. Jesus seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:1746)<br>3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:4757)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Ancient Jewish burial customs<br><br>According to the burial customs of that time, a dead persons family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 3844](../11/38.md).<br><br>### Passover<br><br>After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling secretly from place to place. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover festival because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem. Thus they planned to catch him and kill him during Passover ([11:5557](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### “One man dies for the people”<br><br>In the law of Moses, God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the peoples sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem. However, God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his peoples sins.<br><br>### “The Jews”<br><br>This term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of Johns Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people who were living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:3637](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.<br><br>### Hypothetical situation<br><br>When Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother did die. JHN 11 intro tks5 0 # John 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:116)<br>2. Jesus seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:1746)<br>3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:4757)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Ancient Jewish burial customs<br><br>According to the burial customs of that time, a dead persons family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 3844](../11/38.md).<br><br>### Passover<br><br>After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling secretly from place to place. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover festival because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem. Thus they planned to catch him and kill him during Passover ([11:5557](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### “One man dies for the people”<br><br>In the law of Moses, God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the peoples sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem. However, God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his peoples sins.<br><br>### “The Jews”<br><br>This term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of Johns Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people who were living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:3637](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.<br><br>### Hypothetical situation<br><br>When Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother did die.
JHN 11 1 fsf7 writing-background 0 General Information: [Verses 12](../11/01.md) provide background information about **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 11 1 fsf7 writing-background 0 General Information: [Verses 12](../11/01.md) provide background information about **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 11 1 s5im writing-participants ἦν δέ τις ἀσθενῶν Λάζαρος ἀπὸ Βηθανίας 1 This verse introduces **Lazarus** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “There was a man named Lazarus, who was from Bethany and was sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) JHN 11 1 s5im writing-participants ἦν δέ τις ἀσθενῶν Λάζαρος ἀπὸ Βηθανίας 1 This verse introduces **Lazarus** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “There was a man named Lazarus, who was from Bethany and was sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
JHN 11 1 b2r5 translate-names Λάζαρος 1 **Lazarus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 11 1 eglj translate-names Βηθανίας 1 See how you translated **Bethany** in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 11 1 xoy8 translate-names Μαρίας…Μάρθας 1 **Mary** and **Martha** are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 11 1 p19k translate-kinship Μάρθας τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς 1 Because those who wrote scripture usually listed the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that **Martha** was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for an older **sister** here. Alternate translation: “her older sister Martha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) JHN 11 1 p19k translate-kinship Μάρθας τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς 1 Because those who wrote scripture usually listed the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that **Martha** was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for an older **sister** here. Alternate translation: “her older sister Martha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
JHN 11 2 c6r9 figs-events ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς 1 It was Mary who anointed the Lord … her hair Here, John refers to an event that would happen at a time following the events recorded in this chapter ([12:18](../12/01.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could translate this as a future event. Alternate translation: “Now it was Mary who would later anoint the Lord with myrrh and wipe his feet with her hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) JHN 11 2 c6r9 figs-events ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς 1 It was Mary who anointed the Lord … her hair Here, John refers to an event that would happen at a time following the events recorded in this chapter ([12:18](../12/01.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could translate this as a future event. Alternate translation: “Now it was Mary who would later anoint the Lord with myrrh and wipe his feet with her hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
JHN 11 2 xlio translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος 1 Because those who wrote scripture usually listed the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **brother** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **brother** here. Alternate translation: “younger brother Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) JHN 11 2 xlio translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος 1 Because those who wrote scripture usually listed the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **brother** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **brother** here. Alternate translation: “younger brother Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
@ -1526,8 +1499,6 @@ JHN 11 13 pf8u figs-possession τῆς κοιμήσεως τοῦ ὕπνου 1
JHN 11 14 azy3 τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ 1 Then Jesus said to them plainly Here, **plainly** means to say something clearly without using and metaphors or others figures of speech. Because the disciples did not understand the metaphor Jesus told them in [verse 11](../11/11.md), he told them the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to them in words that they could understand” JHN 11 14 azy3 τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ 1 Then Jesus said to them plainly Here, **plainly** means to say something clearly without using and metaphors or others figures of speech. Because the disciples did not understand the metaphor Jesus told them in [verse 11](../11/11.md), he told them the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to them in words that they could understand”
JHN 11 15 c4wj δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 for your sakes Alternate translation: “for your benefit” or “for your good” JHN 11 15 c4wj δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 for your sakes Alternate translation: “for your benefit” or “for your good”
JHN 11 15 ar2j figs-ellipsis ἵνα πιστεύσητε 1 Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. You may also need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “for I allowed this to happen so that you may believe in me” or “for I let Lazarus die so that you may believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) JHN 11 15 ar2j figs-ellipsis ἵνα πιστεύσητε 1 Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. You may also need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “for I allowed this to happen so that you may believe in me” or “for I let Lazarus die so that you may believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 11 16 e043 translate-names Θωμᾶς 1 **Thomas** is the name of a man, one of Jesus disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 11 16 dzc3 figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 who was called Didymus If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom some people called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 11 16 ymy6 translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus **Didymus** is the name of a man. It is a Greek word that means “twin” and is Thomas other name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JHN 11 16 ymy6 translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus **Didymus** is the name of a man. It is a Greek word that means “twin” and is Thomas other name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 11 17 we1k figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς εὗρεν αὐτὸν, τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ 1 he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus found him; people had put his body in the tomb four days earlier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 11 17 we1k figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς εὗρεν αὐτὸν, τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ 1 he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus found him; people had put his body in the tomb four days earlier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 11 18 icrj writing-background ἦν δὲ ἡ Βηθανία ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων, ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε 1 fifteen stadia away This verse gives background information about the place where this event took place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place in Bethany, which was near Jerusalem and was about 15 stadia away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 11 18 icrj writing-background ἦν δὲ ἡ Βηθανία ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων, ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε 1 fifteen stadia away This verse gives background information about the place where this event took place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place in Bethany, which was near Jerusalem and was about 15 stadia away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@ -1618,7 +1589,6 @@ JHN 11 54 s9km figs-metaphor παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν το
JHN 11 54 cg66 τὴν χώραν 1 the country Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area” JHN 11 54 cg66 τὴν χώραν 1 the country Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area”
JHN 11 54 h5jk figs-explicit κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν 1 There he stayed with the disciples Jesus and his disciples **stayed** in Ephraim for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stayed**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “There he stayed with the disciples for a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 11 54 h5jk figs-explicit κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν 1 There he stayed with the disciples Jesus and his disciples **stayed** in Ephraim for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stayed**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “There he stayed with the disciples for a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 11 55 qd5y ἀνέβησαν…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem The phrase **went up** is used here because Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than the surrounding areas. See how you translated **went up** in [7:10](../07/10.md). JHN 11 55 qd5y ἀνέβησαν…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem The phrase **went up** is used here because Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than the surrounding areas. See how you translated **went up** in [7:10](../07/10.md).
JHN 11 55 zh3j translate-names τὸ Πάσχα…πρὸ τοῦ Πάσχα 1 Here, **Passover** is the name of a festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover festival … before the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 11 55 rsgm τῆς χώρας 1 Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area” JHN 11 55 rsgm τῆς χώρας 1 Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area”
JHN 11 56 a5kt figs-events 0 General Information: The event in [verse 57](../11/57.md) occurs before the event in this verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of [verse 57](../11/57.md) before the text of this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) JHN 11 56 a5kt figs-events 0 General Information: The event in [verse 57](../11/57.md) occurs before the event in this verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of [verse 57](../11/57.md) before the text of this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
JHN 11 56 kc75 writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 They were looking for Jesus Here, **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem before the Passover celebration, as described in the previous verse. If this use of **they** might be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people who came to Jerusalem before the Passover celebration were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) JHN 11 56 kc75 writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 They were looking for Jesus Here, **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem before the Passover celebration, as described in the previous verse. If this use of **they** might be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people who came to Jerusalem before the Passover celebration were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -1629,18 +1599,13 @@ JHN 11 56 x6im figs-ellipsis ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑ
JHN 11 57 glb6 figs-events δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Now the chief priests This event occurs before that of the previous verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of this verse before the text of [verse 56](../11/56.md). Another option would be to clearly state that this verse refers to an earlier event. Alternate translation: “Earlier, the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) JHN 11 57 glb6 figs-events δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Now the chief priests This event occurs before that of the previous verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of this verse before the text of [verse 56](../11/56.md). Another option would be to clearly state that this verse refers to an earlier event. Alternate translation: “Earlier, the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
JHN 12 intro qzv4 0 # John 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Mary pours perfume on Jesus (12:111)<br>2. Jesus enters Jerusalem (12:1219)<br>3. Some Greeks come to Jesus (12:2026)<br>4. Jesus predicts his death (12:2736)<br>5. John explains the Jews rejection of Jesus (12:3743)<br>6. Jesus says that he is God (12:4450)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry sections in [12:38](../12/38.md) and [40](../12/40.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Mary poured perfume on Jesus feet<br><br>The Jews would put oil on a persons head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a persons body after the person had died but before they buried the body. However, they would never think to put oil on a persons feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal, which was a common practice for kings. The kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. So by riding on a donkey Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel.<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of Gods glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In [12:16](../12/16.md) John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection and possibly his return to heaven as well.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>In [12:3536, 46](../12/35.md), Jesus uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good, and darkness represents what is false and evil. He applies that light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of Gods truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in [12:25](../12/25.md): “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in [12:26](../12/26.md) Jesus explains what it means to keep ones life for eternal life.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) JHN 12 intro qzv4 0 # John 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Mary pours perfume on Jesus (12:111)<br>2. Jesus enters Jerusalem (12:1219)<br>3. Some Greeks come to Jesus (12:2026)<br>4. Jesus predicts his death (12:2736)<br>5. John explains the Jews rejection of Jesus (12:3743)<br>6. Jesus says that he is God (12:4450)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry sections in [12:38](../12/38.md) and [40](../12/40.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Mary poured perfume on Jesus feet<br><br>The Jews would put oil on a persons head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a persons body after the person had died but before they buried the body. However, they would never think to put oil on a persons feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal, which was a common practice for kings. The kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. So by riding on a donkey Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel.<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of Gods glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In [12:16](../12/16.md) John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection and possibly his return to heaven as well.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>In [12:3536, 46](../12/35.md), Jesus uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good, and darkness represents what is false and evil. He applies that light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of Gods truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in [12:25](../12/25.md): “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in [12:26](../12/26.md) Jesus explains what it means to keep ones life for eternal life.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 12 1 s1v2 writing-newevent οὖν…πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα 1 Six days before the Passover John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, six days before the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) JHN 12 1 s1v2 writing-newevent οὖν…πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα 1 Six days before the Passover John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, six days before the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN 12 1 bepc translate-names Βηθανίαν 1 See how you translated this village name, **Bethany**, in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 12 1 ii2v translate-names Λάζαρος 1 See how you translated this mans name, **Lazarus**, in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 12 1 z1jp figs-idiom ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 had raised from the dead Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “had caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JHN 12 1 z1jp figs-idiom ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 had raised from the dead Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “had caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 12 2 ohcf translate-names Μάρθα 1 had raised from the dead See how you translated this womans name, **Martha**, in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 12 2 m6al translate-unknown τῶν ἀνακειμένων 1 had raised from the dead At a relaxed meal such as this one, it was the custom in this culture for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around a table that was close to the ground. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “those sitting down at the table to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) JHN 12 2 m6al translate-unknown τῶν ἀνακειμένων 1 had raised from the dead At a relaxed meal such as this one, it was the custom in this culture for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around a table that was close to the ground. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “those sitting down at the table to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 12 3 l85m translate-names Μαρία 1 See how you translated **Mary** in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 12 3 c8kf translate-bweight λίτραν μύρου 1 a litra of perfume If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. A **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. If your language does not measure liquids by weight, you may refer to its volume equivalent, which would be about half a liter. You might also refer to the container that could hold that amount. Alternate translation: “about half a liter of perfume” or “a one-half liter bottle of perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) JHN 12 3 c8kf translate-bweight λίτραν μύρου 1 a litra of perfume If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. A **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. If your language does not measure liquids by weight, you may refer to its volume equivalent, which would be about half a liter. You might also refer to the container that could hold that amount. Alternate translation: “about half a liter of perfume” or “a one-half liter bottle of perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
JHN 12 3 ki9d translate-unknown μύρου 1 perfume Here, **perfumed oil** refers to a liquid made from the oils of pleasant-smelling plants and flowers. This **oil** was put on a persons skin or hair in order for that person to smell pleasant. If your readers would not be familiar with this **oil**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of scented liquid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) JHN 12 3 ki9d translate-unknown μύρου 1 perfume Here, **perfumed oil** refers to a liquid made from the oils of pleasant-smelling plants and flowers. This **oil** was put on a persons skin or hair in order for that person to smell pleasant. If your readers would not be familiar with this **oil**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of scented liquid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 12 3 qblr figs-possession μύρου νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου 1 perfume John is using **of** to describe **perfumed oil** that is made from **very precious pure nard**. If this use of the possessive **of** would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of perfumed oil made from very precious pure nard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) JHN 12 3 qblr figs-possession μύρου νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου 1 perfume John is using **of** to describe **perfumed oil** that is made from **very precious pure nard**. If this use of the possessive **of** would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of perfumed oil made from very precious pure nard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN 12 3 b3sa translate-unknown νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου 1 nard The **perfumed oil** was made from the **oil** of a **nard** plant, which is sometimes called “spikenard.” The **oil** is extracted from the roots of this plant. If your readers would not be familiar with **nard** plants, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of very precious scented plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) JHN 12 3 b3sa translate-unknown νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου 1 nard The **perfumed oil** was made from the **oil** of a **nard** plant, which is sometimes called “spikenard.” The **oil** is extracted from the roots of this plant. If your readers would not be familiar with **nard** plants, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of very precious scented plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 12 3 pq7c figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου 1 The house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the fragrance of the perfumed oil filled the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 12 3 pq7c figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου 1 The house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the fragrance of the perfumed oil filled the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 12 4 frgx translate-names Ἰούδας ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης 1 the one who would betray him **Judas** is the name of a man, and **Iscariot** is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 12 4 qbja figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 the one who would betray him Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 12 4 qbja figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 the one who would betray him Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 12 5 e8d7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς? 1 Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor? Judas is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he thought the **perfumed oil** should not be poured on Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation, and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This perfume could have been sold for 300 denarii and given to the poor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 12 5 e8d7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς? 1 Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor? Judas is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he thought the **perfumed oil** should not be poured on Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation, and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This perfume could have been sold for 300 denarii and given to the poor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 12 5 dx9e translate-bmoney δηναρίων 1 denarii The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius.” It was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days wages. Alternate translation: “for 300 days wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) JHN 12 5 dx9e translate-bmoney δηναρίων 1 denarii The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius.” It was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days wages. Alternate translation: “for 300 days wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
@ -1702,9 +1667,7 @@ JHN 12 20 ehkd figs-explicit Ἕλληνές 1 Now certain Greeks Here, the term
JHN 12 20 ks5z figs-explicit τῶν ἀναβαινόντων 1 The phrase **going up** is used specifically for the act of going to Jerusalem, which is a city at a higher elevation than the area around it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those going up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 12 20 ks5z figs-explicit τῶν ἀναβαινόντων 1 The phrase **going up** is used specifically for the act of going to Jerusalem, which is a city at a higher elevation than the area around it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those going up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 12 20 i6nd figs-ellipsis ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 to worship at the festival John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order a clause to be complete. If you language requires an object for the verb **worship**, you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: “to worship God at the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) JHN 12 20 i6nd figs-ellipsis ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 to worship at the festival John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order a clause to be complete. If you language requires an object for the verb **worship**, you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: “to worship God at the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 12 20 rbrb τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 to worship at the festival This refers to the Jewish Passover festival. See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../12/12.md). JHN 12 20 rbrb τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 to worship at the festival This refers to the Jewish Passover festival. See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../12/12.md).
JHN 12 21 ha8d translate-names Φιλίππῳ 1 Bethsaida See how you translated **Philip** in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 12 21 lr8c translate-names Βηθσαϊδὰ 1 Bethsaida See how you translated **Bethsaida** in [1:44](../01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JHN 12 21 lr8c translate-names Βηθσαϊδὰ 1 Bethsaida See how you translated **Bethsaida** in [1:44](../01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 12 21 l774 translate-names τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 See how you translated **Galilee** in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 12 21 rfff writing-quotations ἠρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “asked him by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) JHN 12 21 rfff writing-quotations ἠρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “asked him by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
JHN 12 21 c8qt κύριε 1 Speaking to **Philip**, the Greeks called him **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]]) JHN 12 21 c8qt κύριε 1 Speaking to **Philip**, the Greeks called him **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
JHN 12 21 xgoj figs-declarative θέλομεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἰδεῖν 1 The Greeks are using a statement to make a request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “may we see Jesus?” or “could you take us to see Jesus?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) JHN 12 21 xgoj figs-declarative θέλομεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἰδεῖν 1 The Greeks are using a statement to make a request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “may we see Jesus?” or “could you take us to see Jesus?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
@ -1760,7 +1723,6 @@ JHN 12 37 s1wh writing-background 0 General Information: In [verses 3743](..
JHN 12 37 g1z3 σημεῖα 1 See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles” JHN 12 37 g1z3 σημεῖα 1 See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
JHN 12 38 k15e figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the word of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 12 38 k15e figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the word of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 12 38 n4m7 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 12 38 n4m7 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 12 38 hps9 translate-names Ἠσαΐου 1 See how you translated **Isaiah** in [1:23](../01/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 12 38 y9ya writing-quotations ὃν εἶπεν 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled This phrase introduces a quotation that occurs in the rest of this verse. The quotation is from the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “which Isaiah said in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) JHN 12 38 y9ya writing-quotations ὃν εἶπεν 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled This phrase introduces a quotation that occurs in the rest of this verse. The quotation is from the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “which Isaiah said in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
JHN 12 38 aa5b figs-quotemarks Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη? 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) JHN 12 38 aa5b figs-quotemarks Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη? 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
JHN 12 38 gx5x figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη? 1 Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed? This quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md) contains two rhetorical questions to express the prophets dismay that the people do not believe his **report**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as two statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, no one has believed our message! It seems like the arm of the Lord has been revealed to no one!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 12 38 gx5x figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη? 1 Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed? This quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md) contains two rhetorical questions to express the prophets dismay that the people do not believe his **report**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as two statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, no one has believed our message! It seems like the arm of the Lord has been revealed to no one!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -1913,7 +1875,6 @@ JHN 14 2 v9px guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father **Father** is
JHN 14 2 n3wl εἰ δὲ μή, εἶπον ἂν ὑμῖν, ὅτι πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν 1 Father The word translated **for** could also be translated “that,” in which case this sentence would be a question instead of a statement. With either interpretation the point of the sentence is the same: Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said in the previous sentence is true. He is going to heaven **to prepare a place for** his people. Alternate translation: “But if not, would I have told you that I am going to prepare a place for you?” JHN 14 2 n3wl εἰ δὲ μή, εἶπον ἂν ὑμῖν, ὅτι πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν 1 Father The word translated **for** could also be translated “that,” in which case this sentence would be a question instead of a statement. With either interpretation the point of the sentence is the same: Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said in the previous sentence is true. He is going to heaven **to prepare a place for** his people. Alternate translation: “But if not, would I have told you that I am going to prepare a place for you?”
JHN 14 3 sadi grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐὰν πορευθῶ 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he knows that it will actually take place. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “when I go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) JHN 14 3 sadi grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐὰν πορευθῶ 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he knows that it will actually take place. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “when I go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
JHN 14 4 ir1d figs-extrainfo τὴν ὁδόν 1 the way Here Jesus uses **the way**. This could refer to: (1) himself as the means by which people can go to God in heaven, which is clearly the meaning for **the way** in [verse 6](../14/06.md). (2) a manner of life that will eventually lead someone to be with God in heaven. Since the disciples did not understand this when Jesus said it, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) JHN 14 4 ir1d figs-extrainfo τὴν ὁδόν 1 the way Here Jesus uses **the way**. This could refer to: (1) himself as the means by which people can go to God in heaven, which is clearly the meaning for **the way** in [verse 6](../14/06.md). (2) a manner of life that will eventually lead someone to be with God in heaven. Since the disciples did not understand this when Jesus said it, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
JHN 14 5 aode translate-names Θωμᾶς 1 See how you translated the name **Thomas** in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 14 5 o21d figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 14 5 o21d figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 14 5 j2go figs-rquestion πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι 1 Thomas is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely do not know the way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 14 5 j2go figs-rquestion πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι 1 Thomas is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely do not know the way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 14 6 jdwf figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 the truth Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 14 6 jdwf figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 the truth Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@ -1923,7 +1884,6 @@ JHN 14 6 z9tr figs-metaphor ἡ ζωή 1 the life Jesus uses **the life** to ind
JHN 14 6 g5hn figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ 1 no one comes to the Father except through me Here, **through me** means that a person can come to God only by trusting Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “No one comes to the Father except by believing in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 14 6 g5hn figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ 1 no one comes to the Father except through me Here, **through me** means that a person can come to God only by trusting Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “No one comes to the Father except by believing in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 14 6 f95q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 14 6 f95q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 14 7 wx89 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ἐγνώκατε με 1 Father Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you have known me, and you have known me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) JHN 14 7 wx89 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ἐγνώκατε με 1 Father Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you have known me, and you have known me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
JHN 14 8 wwv7 translate-names Φίλιππος 1 See how you translated the name **Philip** in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 14 8 fy8b figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 14 8 fy8b figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 14 8 kum1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα 1 Lord, show us the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 14 8 kum1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα 1 Lord, show us the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 14 9 q2iy figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip? Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 14 9 q2iy figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip? Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@ -2279,7 +2239,6 @@ JHN 18 11 m4f3 figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι
JHN 18 11 cjx7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 18 11 cjx7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 18 12 cl3f figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JHN 18 12 cl3f figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 18 12 i6bz figs-explicit ἔδησαν αὐτὸν 1 seized Jesus and tied him up The soldiers **tied** Jesus hands together in order to prevent him from escaping. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “tied his hands to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 18 12 i6bz figs-explicit ἔδησαν αὐτὸν 1 seized Jesus and tied him up The soldiers **tied** Jesus hands together in order to prevent him from escaping. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “tied his hands to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 13 tiki translate-names Ἅνναν…τοῦ Καϊάφα 1 **Annas** and **Caiaphas** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 18 13 je4z figs-explicit πρὸς Ἅνναν πρῶτον, ἦν γὰρ πενθερὸς τοῦ Καϊάφα, ὃς ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου 1 Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this time the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea, and it caused a controversy. One Roman official had appointed **Annas**, but ten years later another official deposed him and caused **Caiaphas** to be **high priest** instead. However, the Jews still considered Annas to be **high priest**. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “first to the high priest Annas, for he was the father-in-law of Caiaphas, who was the other high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 18 13 je4z figs-explicit πρὸς Ἅνναν πρῶτον, ἦν γὰρ πενθερὸς τοῦ Καϊάφα, ὃς ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου 1 Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this time the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea, and it caused a controversy. One Roman official had appointed **Annas**, but ten years later another official deposed him and caused **Caiaphas** to be **high priest** instead. However, the Jews still considered Annas to be **high priest**. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “first to the high priest Annas, for he was the father-in-law of Caiaphas, who was the other high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 14 kzvh writing-background 0 In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about Caiaphas. This information helps the reader understand why they took Jesus to Caiaphas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 18 14 kzvh writing-background 0 In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about Caiaphas. This information helps the reader understand why they took Jesus to Caiaphas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 18 14 xq5l figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 See how you translated **to the Jews** in [verse 12](../18/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JHN 18 14 xq5l figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 See how you translated **to the Jews** in [verse 12](../18/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -2324,7 +2283,6 @@ JHN 18 28 v6e4 writing-background ἦν δὲ πρωΐ. καὶ αὐτοὶ ο
JHN 18 28 h3vx figs-doublenegatives αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα 1 they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “they remained outside the governors palace so that they would remain ceremonially clean, and might eat the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) JHN 18 28 h3vx figs-doublenegatives αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα 1 they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “they remained outside the governors palace so that they would remain ceremonially clean, and might eat the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN 18 28 f47s figs-explicit αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα 1 Pilate, the Roman governor, was not a Jew. The Jewish leaders believed that they would become ceremonially unclean if they entered the house of someone who was not a Jew. If they became ceremonially unclean, then they would not be allowed to celebrate the Passover festival. Therefore, the Jewish leaders did not enter the governors palace. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this in the simplest way possible. Alternate translation: “they themselves did not enter into the governors palace because the governor was a Gentile. They believed that entering a Gentiles home would defile them, so that they would not be allowed to eat the Passover.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 18 28 f47s figs-explicit αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα 1 Pilate, the Roman governor, was not a Jew. The Jewish leaders believed that they would become ceremonially unclean if they entered the house of someone who was not a Jew. If they became ceremonially unclean, then they would not be allowed to celebrate the Passover festival. Therefore, the Jewish leaders did not enter the governors palace. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this in the simplest way possible. Alternate translation: “they themselves did not enter into the governors palace because the governor was a Gentile. They believed that entering a Gentiles home would defile them, so that they would not be allowed to eat the Passover.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 28 bj1x figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 John is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If your readers might not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 18 28 bj1x figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 John is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If your readers might not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 18 29 g7jo translate-names ὁ Πειλᾶτος 1 **Pilate** is the name of a man. He was the Roman governor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 18 29 c9aj figs-abstractnouns τίνα κατηγορίαν φέρετε κατὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **accusation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What crime do you accuse this man of committing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JHN 18 29 c9aj figs-abstractnouns τίνα κατηγορίαν φέρετε κατὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **accusation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What crime do you accuse this man of committing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 18 30 j9w3 figs-explicit οὗτος 1 Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 18 30 j9w3 figs-explicit οὗτος 1 Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 30 pup9 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you The Jewish leaders are making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but they are already convinced that the condition is not true. They have concluded that Jesus is an evildoer. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not an evildoer, but he is, we would not have handed him over to you, but we did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) JHN 18 30 pup9 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you The Jewish leaders are making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but they are already convinced that the condition is not true. They have concluded that Jesus is an evildoer. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not an evildoer, but he is, we would not have handed him over to you, but we did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
@ -2361,11 +2319,9 @@ JHN 18 40 xdxz writing-quotations ἐκραύγασαν…πάλιν λέγον
JHN 18 40 a7pl figs-ellipsis μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Not this man, but Barabbas The Jewish leaders are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Do not release this one, but release Barabbas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) JHN 18 40 a7pl figs-ellipsis μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Not this man, but Barabbas The Jewish leaders are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Do not release this one, but release Barabbas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 18 40 qy3p figs-explicit τοῦτον 1 Not this man, but Barabbas Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 18 40 qy3p figs-explicit τοῦτον 1 Not this man, but Barabbas Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 40 h11k writing-background ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής 1 Now Barabbas was a robber In this sentence John provides background information about **Barabbas**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 18 40 h11k writing-background ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής 1 Now Barabbas was a robber In this sentence John provides background information about **Barabbas**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 18 40 ovim translate-names τὸν Βαραββᾶν…ὁ Βαραββᾶς 1 **Barabbas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 18 40 gq8w λῃστής 1 Now Barabbas was a robber The word usually translated **robber** can also refer to an insurrectionist, as is indicated by the description of **Barabbas** in [Mark 15:7](../../mrk/15/07). Alternate translation: “an insurrectionist” JHN 18 40 gq8w λῃστής 1 Now Barabbas was a robber The word usually translated **robber** can also refer to an insurrectionist, as is indicated by the description of **Barabbas** in [Mark 15:7](../../mrk/15/07). Alternate translation: “an insurrectionist”
JHN 19 intro u96u 0 # John 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:13)<br>2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:416)<br>3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:1727)<br>4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:2837)<br>5. Jesus friends put his body in a tomb (19:3842)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text in order to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [19:24](../19/24.md), which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “Purple garment”<br><br>Purple is a color that is from a mixture of red and blue. The soldiers mocked Jesus by putting a purple garment on him. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### “You are not Caesars friend”<br><br>Pilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesars laws ([19:12](../19/12.md)).<br><br>### Ancient Jewish burial customs<br><br>According to the burial customs of that time, a dead persons family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 3942](../19/39.md).<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([19:41](../19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Gabbatha, Golgotha<br><br>John explained the meanings of these two Aramaic words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”). Then he used Greek letters to express the sound of these words. You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of these Aramaic words. JHN 19 intro u96u 0 # John 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:13)<br>2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:416)<br>3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:1727)<br>4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:2837)<br>5. Jesus friends put his body in a tomb (19:3842)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text in order to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [19:24](../19/24.md), which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “Purple garment”<br><br>Purple is a color that is from a mixture of red and blue. The soldiers mocked Jesus by putting a purple garment on him. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### “You are not Caesars friend”<br><br>Pilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesars laws ([19:12](../19/12.md)).<br><br>### Ancient Jewish burial customs<br><br>According to the burial customs of that time, a dead persons family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 3942](../19/39.md).<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([19:41](../19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Gabbatha, Golgotha<br><br>John explained the meanings of these two Aramaic words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”). Then he used Greek letters to express the sound of these words. You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of these Aramaic words.
JHN 19 1 u3gi 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Pilate has been speaking outside his headquarters with the Jewish leaders who are accusing Jesus. JHN 19 1 u3gi 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Pilate has been speaking outside his headquarters with the Jewish leaders who are accusing Jesus.
JHN 19 1 v3ea translate-names ὁ Πειλᾶτος 1 See how you translated **Pilate** in [18:29](../18/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 19 1 yay2 figs-synecdoche τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν 1 Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him **Pilate** himself did not whip Jesus. John uses **Pilate** to refer to the soldiers whom Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to take Jesus and whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JHN 19 1 yay2 figs-synecdoche τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν 1 Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him **Pilate** himself did not whip Jesus. John uses **Pilate** to refer to the soldiers whom Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to take Jesus and whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 19 2 mzrb figs-synecdoche πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν 1 John uses **thorns** to refer to small branches with **thorns** on them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “twisted together a crown from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JHN 19 2 mzrb figs-synecdoche πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν 1 John uses **thorns** to refer to small branches with **thorns** on them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “twisted together a crown from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 19 2 f1rj figs-explicit ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἱμάτιον πορφυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτόν 1 In Roman culture, a **crown** and **purple garment** were worn by kings. The soldiers put a **crown** made from thorns and a **purple garment** on Jesus in order to mock him. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this idea in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “They put it on his head and put a purple garment on him in order to ridicule him by pretending that he was a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 2 f1rj figs-explicit ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἱμάτιον πορφυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτόν 1 In Roman culture, a **crown** and **purple garment** were worn by kings. The soldiers put a **crown** made from thorns and a **purple garment** on Jesus in order to mock him. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this idea in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “They put it on his head and put a purple garment on him in order to ridicule him by pretending that he was a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -2443,7 +2399,6 @@ JHN 19 24 us8x writing-quotations ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λ
JHN 19 24 j1f9 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 19 24 j1f9 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 24 yrxw figs-quotemarks διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτιά μου ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμόν μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said In these phrases, John quotes [Psalm 22:19](../../psa/22/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) JHN 19 24 yrxw figs-quotemarks διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτιά μου ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμόν μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said In these phrases, John quotes [Psalm 22:19](../../psa/22/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
JHN 19 25 octl figs-possession τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 John is using **of** to describe **the cross** on which the soldiers had crucified Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the cross on which Jesus was crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) JHN 19 25 octl figs-possession τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 John is using **of** to describe **the cross** on which the soldiers had crucified Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the cross on which Jesus was crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN 19 25 b38l translate-names Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνή 1 **Mary** is the name of a woman, and **Magdalene** most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 19 26 gkf1 figs-explicit τὸν μαθητὴν…ὃν ἠγάπα 1 the disciple whom he loved See how you translated a similar phrase in [13:23](./13/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 26 gkf1 figs-explicit τὸν μαθητὴν…ὃν ἠγάπα 1 the disciple whom he loved See how you translated a similar phrase in [13:23](./13/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 26 mva3 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 19 26 mva3 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 19 26 cxlv γύναι 1 Woman, see, your son See how you translated **Woman** in [2:4](../02/04.md). JHN 19 26 cxlv γύναι 1 Woman, see, your son See how you translated **Woman** in [2:4](../02/04.md).
@ -2488,7 +2443,6 @@ JHN 19 37 h4kq writing-quotations ἑτέρα Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Here Joh
JHN 19 37 lnmt figs-quotemarks ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Zechariah 12:10](../../zec/12/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) JHN 19 37 lnmt figs-quotemarks ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Zechariah 12:10](../../zec/12/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
JHN 19 38 ca0b writing-newevent μετὰ…ταῦτα 1 **After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) JHN 19 38 ca0b writing-newevent μετὰ…ταῦτα 1 **After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN 19 38 xtva figs-explicit Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea Since [Luke 23:50](../../luk/23/50.md) indicates that **Joseph** was a member of the Sanhedrin, he was likely dwelling in Jerusalem. Therefore, John would mean here that **Joseph** was originally **from Arimathea**. **Joseph** had not come **from Arimathea** to Jerusalem for this occasion. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was originally from Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 38 xtva figs-explicit Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea Since [Luke 23:50](../../luk/23/50.md) indicates that **Joseph** was a member of the Sanhedrin, he was likely dwelling in Jerusalem. Therefore, John would mean here that **Joseph** was originally **from Arimathea**. **Joseph** had not come **from Arimathea** to Jerusalem for this occasion. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was originally from Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 38 nbg2 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ 1 Joseph of Arimathea **Pilate** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 19 38 d3hz translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea **Arimathea** was a city in Judea. Alternate translation: “Joseph who was from the city called Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JHN 19 38 d3hz translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea **Arimathea** was a city in Judea. Alternate translation: “Joseph who was from the city called Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 19 38 e3ap figs-possession διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews John is using **of** to describe the **fear** that **Joseph** felt for the Jewish leaders. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because he feared the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) JHN 19 38 e3ap figs-possession διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews John is using **of** to describe the **fear** that **Joseph** felt for the Jewish leaders. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because he feared the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN 19 38 h7ra figs-synecdoche διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JHN 19 38 h7ra figs-synecdoche διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -2587,10 +2541,8 @@ JHN 20 22 v9el figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense
JHN 20 23 a9j7 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς 1 they are forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 20 23 a9j7 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς 1 they are forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 20 23 lb7g figs-explicit ἄν τινων κρατῆτε, κεκράτηνται 1 To retain **sins** means to not forgive someone for the **sins** that they have committed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoevers sins you might not forgive, they will not be forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 20 23 lb7g figs-explicit ἄν τινων κρατῆτε, κεκράτηνται 1 To retain **sins** means to not forgive someone for the **sins** that they have committed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoevers sins you might not forgive, they will not be forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 20 23 mw5s figs-activepassive κεκράτηνται 1 they are kept back If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will retain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 20 23 mw5s figs-activepassive κεκράτηνται 1 they are kept back If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will retain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 20 24 ogqd translate-names Θωμᾶς 1 See how you translated the name **Thomas** in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 20 24 wqyb figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated **the Twelve** in [6:67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) JHN 20 24 wqyb figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated **the Twelve** in [6:67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JHN 20 24 krgw figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 Didymus If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 20 24 krgw figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 Didymus If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 20 24 x8jz translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus See how you translated **Didymus** in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 20 25 n8vc figs-infostructure ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe unless I see in his hands the mark of the nails and put my finger into the mark of the nails and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) JHN 20 25 n8vc figs-infostructure ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe unless I see in his hands the mark of the nails and put my finger into the mark of the nails and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JHN 20 25 i7ex figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Unless I see … his side, I will not believe If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see in his hands the mark of the nails and put my finger into the mark of the nails and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) JHN 20 25 i7ex figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Unless I see … his side, I will not believe If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see in his hands the mark of the nails and put my finger into the mark of the nails and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN 20 25 ss17 figs-possession τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων -1 In both of these occurrences, Thomas is using **of** to describe **mark** made by **nails**. He is referring to the holes in Jesus hands that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. Alternate translation: “the marks made by nails … those marks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) JHN 20 25 ss17 figs-possession τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων -1 In both of these occurrences, Thomas is using **of** to describe **mark** made by **nails**. He is referring to the holes in Jesus hands that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. Alternate translation: “the marks made by nails … those marks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@ -2627,7 +2579,6 @@ JHN 21 2 et5h writing-background 0 General Information: [Verses 23](../21/02
JHN 21 2 b421 figs-activepassive Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 with Thomas called Didymus See how you translated this phrase in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 21 2 b421 figs-activepassive Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 with Thomas called Didymus See how you translated this phrase in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 21 2 m4gx translate-names Κανὰ τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 See how you translated **Cana of Galilee** in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JHN 21 2 m4gx translate-names Κανὰ τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 See how you translated **Cana of Galilee** in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 21 2 xyiv figs-explicit οἱ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου 1 This phrase refers to the disciples John and James, whom Jesus called “sons of thunder” in [Mark 3:17](../../mrk/03/17.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “James and I, the sons of Zebedee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 21 2 xyiv figs-explicit οἱ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου 1 This phrase refers to the disciples John and James, whom Jesus called “sons of thunder” in [Mark 3:17](../../mrk/03/17.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “James and I, the sons of Zebedee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 21 2 e1qx translate-names Ζεβεδαίου 1 **Zebedee** is the name of a man. He was the father of the disciples John and James ([Matthew 4:21](../../mat/04/21.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 21 3 pqlw figs-pastforfuture λέγει…λέγουσιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 21 3 pqlw figs-pastforfuture λέγει…λέγουσιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 21 3 zow1 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When the disciples say **we**, they are speaking of themselves without Peter, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) JHN 21 3 zow1 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When the disciples say **we**, they are speaking of themselves without Peter, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JHN 21 3 p8f0 figs-go ἐρχόμεθα 1 Your language may state “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) JHN 21 3 p8f0 figs-go ἐρχόμεθα 1 Your language may state “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.